]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/loaddefs.el
*** empty log message ***
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / loaddefs.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15187 6159))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
30
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
33
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
36
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
39
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
42 mutating the result." t nil)
43
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
46
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
51
52 ;;;***
53 \f
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
55 ;;;;;; (15187 6160))
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
57
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
61 extensions.
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
63 name" nil nil)
64
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
67
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
69
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
72
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
75
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
78
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
80
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
83
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
86
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
92
93 If you use imenu.el:
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
95
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
102
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil)
107
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
111 ;;;;;; (15186 41424))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
113
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
116
117 ;;;***
118 \f
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
120 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
121 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
122 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15013 64496))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
132
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
135
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
138
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
143
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
147
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name.
150 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil)
151
152 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
153 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
154 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
155 name and site.
156
157 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
158 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
159 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
160 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
161 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
162
163 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
164 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
165
166 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
167 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
168 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
169 name and site.
170 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
171 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
172
173 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
174 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
175
176 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
177 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
178 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
179 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
180 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
181 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
182
183 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
184 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
185
186 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
187 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
188
189 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
190 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
191
192 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
193 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
194
195 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
196 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
197
198 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
199 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
200 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
201 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
202 `add-log-current-defun-function'
203
204 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
205
206 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
207 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
208 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
209 the appropriate motion commands).
210
211 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
212 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil)
213
214 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
215 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil)
216
217 ;;;***
218 \f
219 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
220 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15177
221 ;;;;;; 43701))
222 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
223
224 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
225 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
226 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
227 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
228 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
229 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
230 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
231 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
232 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
233 interpreted as `error'.")
234
235 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
236 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
237 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
238 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
239 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
240 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
241 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
242 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
243
244 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
245 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
246 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
247 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
248 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
249 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
250 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
251 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
252 will be overwritten with the new one.
253 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
254 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
255 will clear the cache." nil nil)
256
257 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
258 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
259 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
260
261 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
262 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
263 BODY... )
264
265 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
266 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
267 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
268 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
269 see also `ad-add-advice'.
270 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
271 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
272 before/around/after-advices will be used.
273 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
274 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
275 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
276 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
277 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
278 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
279
280 Semantics of the various flags:
281 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
282 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
283 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
284
285 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
286 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
287
288 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
289 advised function should be compiled.
290
291 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
292 during activation until somebody enables it.
293
294 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
295 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
296 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
297 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
298
299 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
300 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
301 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
302 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
303 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
304 during preloading.
305
306 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
307
308 ;;;***
309 \f
310 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
311 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
312 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15187 6158))
313 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
314
315 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
316 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
317 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
318 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
319 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
320 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
321 rule's `separate' attribute).
322
323 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
324 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
325 `separate' attribute set.
326
327 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
328 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
329 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
330 on the format of these lists." t nil)
331
332 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
333 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
334 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
335 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
336 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
337 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
338 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
339 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
340 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
341 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
342 options.
343
344 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
345 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
346
347 Fred (123) 456-7890
348 Alice (123) 456-7890
349 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
350 Joe (123) 456-7890
351
352 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
353 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
354 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
355
356 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
357 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
358 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
359 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
360 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
361 align that section." t nil)
362
363 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
364 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
365 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
366 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
367 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
368 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
369 been used to align that section." t nil)
370
371 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
372 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
373 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
374 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
375 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
376 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
377 to be colored." t nil)
378
379 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
380 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
381
382 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
383 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil)
384
385 ;;;***
386 \f
387 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
388 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (15186 41423))
389 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
390 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
391
392 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
393 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
394 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
395 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
396 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
397 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
398
399 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
400
401 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
402
403 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
404
405 ;;;***
406 \f
407 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
408 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (14965 36567))
409 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
410
411 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
412 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil)
413
414 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
415 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
416
417 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
418 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
419 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
420 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
421
422 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
423 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
424
425 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil)
426
427 ;;;***
428 \f
429 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
430 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15187 6160))
431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
432
433 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
434 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
435 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
436 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
437 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
438 \\[yank].
439
440 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
441 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
442 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
443 the rules.
444
445 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
446 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
447 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
448 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil)
449
450 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
451 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
452 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
453
454 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
455 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
456 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
457
458 ;;;***
459 \f
460 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
461 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
462 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
463 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15186 41419))
464 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
465
466 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
467 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
468 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
469 as the first thing on a line.")
470
471 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
472 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
473
474 (defvar appt-audible t "\
475 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
476
477 (defvar appt-visible t "\
478 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
479
480 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
481 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
482
483 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
484 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
485
486 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
487 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
488
489 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
490 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
491 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
492
493 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
494 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
495 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
496
497 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
498 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
499
500 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
501 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
502 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
503 put in the appointments list.
504 02/23/89
505 12:00pm lunch
506 Wednesday
507 10:00am group meeting
508 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
509 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
510 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
511
512 ;;;***
513 \f
514 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
515 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (15187
516 ;;;;;; 6158))
517 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
518
519 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
520 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
521
522 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
523
524 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
525 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
526 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
527 normal variables." t nil)
528
529 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
530
531 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
532 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
533 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
534 noninteractive functions.
535
536 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
537 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
538
539 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
540 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
541 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
542 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
543 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
544
545 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
546 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
547 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
548 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
549 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
550
551 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
552 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
553 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
554 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
555 bindings.
556 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
557
558 ;;;***
559 \f
560 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (15186
561 ;;;;;; 41418))
562 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
563
564 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
565 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
566 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
567 Letters no longer insert themselves.
568 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
569 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
570
571 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
572 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
573 archive.
574
575 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
576
577 ;;;***
578 \f
579 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15186 41418))
580 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
581
582 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
583 Major mode for editing arrays.
584
585 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
586 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
587 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
588
589 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
590
591 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
592 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
593 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
594
595 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
596 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
597 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
598 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
599 The variables are:
600
601 Variables you assign:
602 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
603 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
604 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
605 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
606 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
607 row numbers in the buffer.
608
609 Variables which are calculated:
610 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
611 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
612
613 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
614 take a numeric prefix argument):
615
616 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
617 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
618 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
619 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
620
621 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
622 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
623 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
624 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
625
626 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
627 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
628 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
629 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
630
631 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
632 between that of point and mark.
633
634 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
635 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
636
637 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
638 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
639 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
640 newlines inside rows)
641
642 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
643
644 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
645
646 ;;;***
647 \f
648 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15187
649 ;;;;;; 6162))
650 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
651
652 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
653 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
654 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
655 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
656
657 How to quit artist mode
658
659 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
660
661
662 How to submit a bug report
663
664 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
665
666
667 Drawing with the mouse:
668
669 mouse-2
670 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
671 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
672 below).
673
674 mouse-1
675 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
676 or pastes:
677
678 Operation Not shifted Shifted
679 --------------------------------------------------------------
680 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
681 to new point
682 --------------------------------------------------------------
683 Line Line in any direction Straight line
684 --------------------------------------------------------------
685 Rectangle Rectangle Square
686 --------------------------------------------------------------
687 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
688 --------------------------------------------------------------
689 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
690 --------------------------------------------------------------
691 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
692 --------------------------------------------------------------
693 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
694 --------------------------------------------------------------
695 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
696 --------------------------------------------------------------
697 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
698 lines
699 --------------------------------------------------------------
700 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
701 --------------------------------------------------------------
702 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
703 --------------------------------------------------------------
704 Paste Paste Paste
705 --------------------------------------------------------------
706 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
707 --------------------------------------------------------------
708
709 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
710 or diagonally.
711
712 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
713 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
714 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
715 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
716 poly-lines.
717
718 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
719 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
720 overwrite means the opposite.
721
722 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
723 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
724 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
725
726 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
727
728 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
729 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
730
731 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
732 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
733 are currently drawing something.
734
735 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
736 some time to fill.
737
738
739 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
740 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
741
742
743 Settings
744
745 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
746
747 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
748
749 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
750
751 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
752
753 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
754 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
755
756 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
757
758
759 Drawing with keys
760
761 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
762 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
763 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
764 When erase characters: toggles erasing
765 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
766 When pasting: Pastes
767
768 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
769
770 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
771
772 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
773 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
774 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
775 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
776 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
777 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
778
779
780 Arrows
781
782 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
783 of the line/poly-line
784
785 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
786 of the line/poly-line
787
788
789 Selecting operation
790
791 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
792
793 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
794 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
795 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
796 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
797 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
798 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
799 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
800 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
801 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
802 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
803 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
804 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
805 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
806 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
807 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
808 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
809 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
810 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
811 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
812 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
813
814
815 Variables
816
817 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
818 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
819
820 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
821 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
822 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
823 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
824 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
825 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
826 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
827 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
828 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
829 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
830 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
831 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
832 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
833 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
834 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
835 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
836 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
837 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
838 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
839
840 Hooks
841
842 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
843 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
844
845
846 Keymap summary
847
848 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil)
849
850 ;;;***
851 \f
852 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14804
853 ;;;;;; 20134))
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
855
856 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
857 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
858 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
859
860 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
861 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
862 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
863 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
864
865 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
866 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
867
868 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
869 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
870
871 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
872
873 Special commands:
874 \\{asm-mode-map}
875 " t nil)
876
877 ;;;***
878 \f
879 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
880 ;;;;;; (15186 41423))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
882
883 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
884 Obsolete.")
885
886 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
887 This command is obsolete." t nil)
888
889 ;;;***
890 \f
891 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
892 ;;;;;; (14777 22131))
893 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
894
895 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
896 Toggle Autoarg mode on or off.
897 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
898 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
899 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
900
901 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable))
902
903 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg))
904
905 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
906 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
907 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
908 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
909 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
910 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
911 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
912 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
913 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
914 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
915
916 For example:
917 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
918 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
919 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
920 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
921 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
922
923 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
924
925 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
926 Toggle Autoarg-Kp mode on or off.
927 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
928 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
929 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
930
931 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp) (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
932
933 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote autoarg))
934
935 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
936 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
937 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
938 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
939 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
940 &c to supply digit arguments.
941
942 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil)
943
944 ;;;***
945 \f
946 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
947 ;;;;;; (15187 6160))
948 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
949
950 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
951 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
952
953 ;;;***
954 \f
955 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
956 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14898 8348))
957 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
958
959 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
960 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
961 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
962
963 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
964 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
965 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
966 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
967
968 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
969 Toggle Auto-Insert mode on or off.
970 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
971 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
972 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
973
974 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
975
976 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert))
977
978 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
979 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
980 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
981 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
982
983 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
984 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
985
986 ;;;***
987 \f
988 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
989 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
990 ;;;;;; (15187 6159))
991 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
992
993 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
994 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
995 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
996
997 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
998 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
999 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
1000
1001 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1002 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1003 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
1004
1005 ;;;***
1006 \f
1007 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1008 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
1009 ;;;;;; (15187 6158))
1010 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1011
1012 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1013 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1014
1015 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
1016 instead.")
1017
1018 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1019 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
1020
1021 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
1022 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1023
1024 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1025
1026 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
1027
1028 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1029 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1030
1031 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1032 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1033 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
1034
1035 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1036 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1037
1038 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1039 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
1040
1041 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1042 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1043
1044 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1045 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1046 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
1047
1048 ;;;***
1049 \f
1050 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1051 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14877 10207))
1052 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1053
1054 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1055 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1056 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1057 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1058 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1059
1060 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1061
1062 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
1063
1064 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1065 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1066 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1067 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1068
1069 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1070 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1071 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1072
1073 Effects of the different modes:
1074 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1075 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1076 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1077 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1078 a random distance & direction.
1079 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1080 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1081 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1082
1083 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1084
1085 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1086 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1087 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
1088
1089 ;;;***
1090 \f
1091 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14854
1092 ;;;;;; 32223))
1093 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1094
1095 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
1096 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1097 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1098 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1099 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1100
1101 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil)
1102
1103 ;;;***
1104 \f
1105 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1106 ;;;;;; (15186 41419))
1107 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1108
1109 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1110 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1111
1112 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1113 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1114
1115 For example:
1116
1117 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1118 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1119 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1120 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1121
1122 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
1123
1124 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1125
1126 ;;;***
1127 \f
1128 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1129 ;;;;;; (15187 6158))
1130 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1131
1132 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1133 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1134 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1135 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
1136
1137 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1138 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1139 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1140 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1141 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1142 seconds." t nil)
1143
1144 ;;;***
1145 \f
1146 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14977
1147 ;;;;;; 55968))
1148 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1149
1150 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1151 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1152
1153 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1154 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1155 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1156 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
1157 message.
1158
1159
1160 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1161
1162 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1163 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1164 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1165 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1166 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1167
1168 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1169 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1170 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1171 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1172 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1173 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1174
1175 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1176 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1177 BibTeX mode.
1178
1179
1180 Special information:
1181
1182 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1183
1184 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1185 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1186 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1187 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1188 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1189 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1190 current field.
1191 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1192 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1193
1194 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1195 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1196 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1197 bibtex-entry-format.
1198 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1199 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1200 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1201
1202 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1203 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1204
1205 The following may be of interest as well:
1206
1207 Functions:
1208 bibtex-entry
1209 bibtex-kill-entry
1210 bibtex-yank-pop
1211 bibtex-pop-previous
1212 bibtex-pop-next
1213 bibtex-complete-string
1214 bibtex-complete-key
1215 bibtex-print-help-message
1216 bibtex-generate-autokey
1217 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1218 bibtex-end-of-entry
1219 bibtex-reposition-window
1220 bibtex-mark-entry
1221 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1222 bibtex-ispell-entry
1223 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1224 bibtex-sort-buffer
1225 bibtex-validate
1226 bibtex-count
1227 bibtex-fill-entry
1228 bibtex-reformat
1229 bibtex-convert-alien
1230
1231 Variables:
1232 bibtex-field-delimiters
1233 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1234 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1235 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1236 bibtex-entry-format
1237 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1238 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1239 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1240 bibtex-predefined-strings
1241 bibtex-string-files
1242
1243 ---------------------------------------------------------
1244 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1245 non-nil.
1246
1247 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
1248
1249 ;;;***
1250 \f
1251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15186 41420))
1252 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1253
1254 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1255
1256 ;;;***
1257 \f
1258 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
1259 ;;;;;; 27947))
1260 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1261
1262 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1263 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
1264 the default is 4.
1265
1266 What is blackbox?
1267
1268 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1269 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1270 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1271 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1272 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1273 your score.
1274
1275 Overview of play:
1276
1277 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1278 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1279 four.
1280
1281 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1282 movement keys.
1283
1284 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1285 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1286
1287 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1288 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1289
1290 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1291 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1292 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1293 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1294 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1295 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1296
1297 Details:
1298
1299 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1300
1301 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1302 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1303 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1304 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1305
1306 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1307 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1308 denoted by the letter `R'.
1309
1310 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1311 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1312 denoted by the letter `H'.
1313
1314 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1315 example.
1316
1317 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1318 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1319 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1320 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1321 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1322 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1323 ray.
1324
1325 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1326 degree deflection it causes.
1327
1328 1
1329 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1330 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1331 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1332 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1333 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1334 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1335 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1336 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1337 2 3
1338
1339 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1340 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1341
1342
1343 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1344 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1345 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1346 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1347 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1348 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1349 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1350 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1351
1352 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1353 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1354 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1355 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1356 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1357 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1358 emerging from the box.
1359
1360 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1361
1362 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1363 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1364 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1365 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1366 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1367 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1368 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1369 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1370
1371 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1372 a reflection." t nil)
1373
1374 ;;;***
1375 \f
1376 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1377 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1378 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1379 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1380 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1381 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15187 6158))
1382 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1383 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1384 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1385 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1386
1387 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1388 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1389 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1390 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1391 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1392 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1393
1394 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1395
1396 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1397
1398 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1399
1400 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1401
1402 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1403
1404 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1405
1406 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1407
1408 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1409
1410 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1411
1412 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1413
1414 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1415
1416 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1417
1418 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1419
1420 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1421 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1422 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1423 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1424 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1425 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1426 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1427 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1428 recent one.
1429
1430 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1431 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1432 yank successive words.
1433
1434 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1435 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1436 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1437 name of the file being visited.
1438
1439 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1440 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1441 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1442
1443 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1444 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1445 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1446 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1447 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1448 this.
1449
1450 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1451 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1452 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1453 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1454
1455 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1456 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1457 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1458 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1459 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1460
1461 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1462 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1463 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1464 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1465
1466 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1467
1468 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1469 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1470 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1471 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1472
1473 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1474 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1475 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1476
1477 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1478 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1479 name." t nil)
1480
1481 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1482 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1483 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1484 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1485 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1486 this." t nil)
1487
1488 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1489 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1490 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1491 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1492 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1493 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1494 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1495 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1496
1497 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1498 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1499 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1500
1501 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1502 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1503 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1504 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1505 \(second argument).
1506
1507 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1508 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1509 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1510 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1511 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1512
1513 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1514 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1515 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1516 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1517
1518 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1519 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1520 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1521 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1522 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1523 while loading.
1524
1525 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1526 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1527 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1528 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1529 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1530 explicitly.
1531
1532 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1533 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1534 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1535 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1536
1537 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1538 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1539 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1540 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1541 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1542
1543 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1544
1545 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1546
1547 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1548 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1549 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1550 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1551 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1552 this.
1553
1554 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1555 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1556 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1557
1558 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1559 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1560 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1561 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1562 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1563 this.
1564
1565 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1566 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1567 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1568
1569 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1570 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1571 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1572
1573 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1574 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1575 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1576
1577 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1578 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1579 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1580 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1581 prompts for NEWNAME.
1582 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1583 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1584 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1585
1586 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1587 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1588 name.
1589
1590 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1591 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1592 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1593
1594 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1595 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1596 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1597 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1598 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1599 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1600
1601 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1602 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1603 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1604
1605 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1606
1607 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1608
1609 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1610
1611 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1612
1613 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1614
1615 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1616
1617 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1618
1619 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1620
1621 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1622
1623 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1624
1625 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1626
1627 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1628
1629 ;;;***
1630 \f
1631 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1632 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1633 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1634 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1635 ;;;;;; browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1636 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1637 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1638 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-flag
1639 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
1640 ;;;;;; (15187 6159))
1641 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1642
1643 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1644 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1645 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1646 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1647
1648 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1649 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1650 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1651 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1652 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1653
1654 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\
1655 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1656 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1657 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1658 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1659
1660 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1661 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1662
1663 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1664 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1665 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1666
1667 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1668 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1669
1670 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1671 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1672 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1673 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1674 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1675 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1676
1677 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1678 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1679 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1680 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1681 narrowed." t nil)
1682
1683 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1684 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1685
1686 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1687 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1688
1689 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1690 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1691 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1692 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1693
1694 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1695 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1696 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1697 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1698
1699 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1700 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1701 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1702 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1703 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1704 to use." t nil)
1705
1706 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1707 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1708 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1709 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1710
1711 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1712 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1713 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1714 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1715
1716 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1717 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1718
1719 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1720 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1721 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1722 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1723
1724 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1725 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1726 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1727 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1728
1729 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1730 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1731
1732 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1733 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1734
1735 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1736 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1737 program is invoked according to the variable
1738 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1739
1740 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1741 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1742 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1743 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1744
1745 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1746 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1747
1748 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1749 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1750 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1751
1752 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1753 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1754 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1755 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1756
1757 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1758 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1759 Default to the URL around or before point.
1760
1761 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1762 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1763 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1764
1765 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1766 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1767 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1768 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1769
1770 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1771 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1772
1773 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1774 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1775 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1776
1777 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1778 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1779 Default to the URL around or before point.
1780
1781 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1782 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1783 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1784
1785 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1786 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1787
1788 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1789 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1790 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1791 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1792
1793 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1794 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1795 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1796 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1797 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1798
1799 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1800 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1801 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1802 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1803
1804 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1805 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1806 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1807 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1808
1809 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1810 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1811
1812 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1813 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1814 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1815
1816 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1817 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1818 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1819 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1820 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1821 current one.
1822
1823 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1824 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1825 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1826 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1827
1828 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1829 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1830
1831 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1832 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1833 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1834 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1835 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1836 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1837
1838 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
1839 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
1840 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1841
1842 ;;;***
1843 \f
1844 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1845 ;;;;;; 42538))
1846 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1847
1848 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1849 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1850
1851 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1852 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1853
1854 ;;;***
1855 \f
1856 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1857 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15151 3015))
1858 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1859
1860 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1861 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1862 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1863 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1864
1865 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1866 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1867 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1868 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1869
1870 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1871 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1872
1873 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1874 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1875 \\<bs-mode-map>
1876 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1877 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1878 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1879 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1880
1881 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1882 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1883 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1884 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1885 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1886
1887 ;;;***
1888 \f
1889 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1890 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1891 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1892 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (15186 41419))
1893 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1894
1895 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1896 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1897 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1898
1899 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1900 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1901 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1902 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1903
1904 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
1905 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
1906 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
1907 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
1908
1909 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
1910
1911 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
1912 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
1913
1914 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
1915 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
1916 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
1917 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
1918 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
1919
1920 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
1921 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
1922 Print the result in the minibuffer.
1923 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
1924
1925 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1926 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
1927 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
1928
1929 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
1930 Display a call graph of a specified file.
1931 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
1932 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
1933 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
1934 all functions called by those functions.
1935
1936 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
1937 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
1938 cons, etc.).
1939
1940 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
1941 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
1942 invoked interactively." t nil)
1943
1944 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1945 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
1946 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
1947 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
1948 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
1949 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
1950
1951 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1952 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
1953 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
1954 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
1955
1956 ;;;***
1957 \f
1958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15186 41419))
1959 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
1960
1961 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1962
1963 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1964
1965 ;;;***
1966 \f
1967 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
1968 ;;;;;; (15186 41419))
1969 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
1970
1971 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
1972 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
1973 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
1974 from the cursor position." t nil)
1975
1976 ;;;***
1977 \f
1978 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15187
1979 ;;;;;; 6158))
1980 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
1981
1982 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
1983 Run the Emacs calculator.
1984 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
1985
1986 ;;;***
1987 \f
1988 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
1989 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
1990 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
1991 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
1992 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
1993 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
1994 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
1995 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
1996 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
1997 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
1998 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
1999 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2000 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2001 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2002 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2003 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2004 ;;;;;; (15187 3055))
2005 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2006
2007 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2008 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2009 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2010
2011 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2012 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2013 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2014 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2015 the screen.")
2016
2017 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2018 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2019 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2020 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2021 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2022
2023 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2024 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2025 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2026 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2027 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2028 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2029 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2030
2031 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2032 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2033 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2034 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2035 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2036
2037 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2038 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2039 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2040
2041 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2042 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2043 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2044
2045 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2046 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2047 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2048
2049 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2050 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2051 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2052 displayed.")
2053
2054 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2055 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2056 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2057
2058 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2059 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2060 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2061
2062 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2063
2064 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2065 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2066 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2067
2068 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2069 calendar.")
2070
2071 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2072 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2073 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2074
2075 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2076 calendar.")
2077
2078 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2079 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2080 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2081
2082 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2083 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2084 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2085 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2086 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2087
2088 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2089 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2090 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2091 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2092 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2093 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2094 a function is also provided for this:
2095 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2096
2097 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2098 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2099 date is not visible in the window.
2100
2101 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2102 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2103 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2104
2105 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2106 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2107
2108 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2109 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2110 date is visible in the window.
2111
2112 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2113 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2114 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2115
2116 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2117 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2118
2119 For example,
2120
2121 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2122
2123 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2124
2125 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2126 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2127
2128 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2129
2130 MONTH/DAY
2131 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2132 MONTHNAME DAY
2133 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2134 DAYNAME
2135
2136 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2137 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2138 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2139 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2140 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2141 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2142 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2143 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2144 respectively.
2145
2146 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2147 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2148 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2149
2150 DAY/MONTH
2151 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2152 DAY MONTHNAME
2153 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2154 DAYNAME
2155
2156 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2157 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2158
2159 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2160 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2161 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2162 window but will appear in a diary window.
2163
2164 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2165 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2166
2167 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2168 entries (in the default American style):
2169
2170 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2171 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2172 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2173 21: Payday
2174 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2175 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2176 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2177 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2178 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2179 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2180 &* 15 time cards due.
2181
2182 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2183 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2184 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2185 single diary entry
2186
2187 02/11/1989
2188 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2189 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2190 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2191 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2192 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2193 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2194
2195 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2196 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2197 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2198
2199 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2200
2201 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2202
2203 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2204 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2205 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2206 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2207 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2208 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2209 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2210 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2211 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2212
2213 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2214 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2215 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2216 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2217 for these functions for details.
2218
2219 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2220 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2221
2222 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2223 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2224
2225 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2226 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2227
2228 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2229 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2230
2231 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2232 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2233 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2234
2235 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2236 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2237 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2238
2239 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2240 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2241 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2242 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2243
2244 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2245 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2246 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2247 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2248
2249 DAY/MONTH
2250 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2251 DAY MONTHNAME
2252 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2253 DAYNAME
2254
2255 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2256 characters with or without a period.")
2257
2258 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2259 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2260 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2261
2262 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2263 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2264 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2265
2266 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2267 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2268 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2269
2270 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2271 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2272 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2273
2274 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2275 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2276 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2277 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2278 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2279 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2280
2281 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2282 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2283 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2284
2285 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2286 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2287 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2288 of the form
2289
2290 #include \"filename\"
2291
2292 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2293 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2294 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2295 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2296 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2297
2298 For example, you could use
2299
2300 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2301 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2302 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2303
2304 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2305 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2306 lexicographic order.")
2307
2308 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2309 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2310 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2311
2312 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2313 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2314 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2315 diary display.
2316
2317 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2318 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2319 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2320 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2321 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2322 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2323 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2324
2325 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2326 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2327 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2328 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2329 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2330 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2331 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2332 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2333
2334 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2335 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2336 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2337 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2338 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2339 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2340
2341 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2342 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2343
2344 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2345 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2346 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2347 of the form
2348 #include \"filename\"
2349 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2350 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2351 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2352 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2353 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2354
2355 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2356 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2357 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2358 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2359 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2360 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2361
2362 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2363 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2364 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2365 are holidays.")
2366
2367 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2368 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2369 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2370 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2371 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2372
2373 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2374
2375 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2376 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2377 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2378
2379 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2380
2381 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2382 *Oriental holidays.
2383 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2384
2385 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2386
2387 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2388 *Local holidays.
2389 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2390
2391 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2392
2393 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2394 *User defined holidays.
2395 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2396
2397 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2398
2399 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2400
2401 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2402
2403 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2404
2405 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2406
2407 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2408
2409 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2410
2411 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2412
2413 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2414
2415 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2416 *Jewish holidays.
2417 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2418
2419 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2420
2421 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2422 *Christian holidays.
2423 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2424
2425 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2426
2427 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2428 *Islamic holidays.
2429 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2430
2431 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2432
2433 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2434 *Sun-related holidays.
2435 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2436
2437 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2438
2439 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2440 The frame set up of the calendar.
2441 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2442 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2443 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2444 any other value the current frame is used.")
2445
2446 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2447 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2448 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2449
2450 ;;;***
2451 \f
2452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15186 41424))
2453 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2454
2455 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2456 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2457
2458 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2459 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2460
2461 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2462 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2463
2464 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2465 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2466
2467 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2468 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2469
2470 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2471 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2472
2473 ;;;***
2474 \f
2475 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2476 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2477 ;;;;;; (15094 21666))
2478 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2479
2480 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2481
2482 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2483 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2484 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2485 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2486 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2487 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2488
2489 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2490
2491 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2492 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2493 run first.
2494
2495 Key bindings:
2496 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2497
2498 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2499 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2500 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2501 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2502 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2503 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2504 message.
2505
2506 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2507
2508 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2509 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2510 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2511
2512 Key bindings:
2513 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2514
2515 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2516 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2517 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2518 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2519 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2520 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2521 message.
2522
2523 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2524
2525 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2526 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2527 is run first.
2528
2529 Key bindings:
2530 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2531
2532 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2533 Major mode for editing Java code.
2534 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2535 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2536 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2537 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2538 message.
2539
2540 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2541
2542 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2543 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2544 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2545 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2546 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2547
2548 Key bindings:
2549 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2550
2551 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2552 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2553 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2554 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2555 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2556 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2557 message.
2558
2559 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2560
2561 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2562 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2563 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2564
2565 Key bindings:
2566 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2567
2568 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2569 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2570 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2571 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2572 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2573 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2574 message.
2575
2576 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2577
2578 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2579 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2580 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2581
2582 Key bindings:
2583 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2584
2585 ;;;***
2586 \f
2587 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2588 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15186 41424))
2589 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2590
2591 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2592 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2593 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2594 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2595 for details of setting up styles.
2596
2597 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2598 style name.
2599
2600 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2601 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2602 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2603 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2604 will be reassigned.
2605
2606 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2607 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2608 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2609
2610 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2611 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2612 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2613 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2614
2615 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2616
2617 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2618 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2619 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2620
2621 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2622 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2623 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2624 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2625 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2626
2627 ;;;***
2628 \f
2629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15186 41424))
2630 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2631
2632 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2633 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2634 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2635 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2636 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2637
2638 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2639 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2640
2641 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2642 `infodock'.")
2643
2644 ;;;***
2645 \f
2646 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2647 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2648 ;;;;;; (15186 41421))
2649 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2650
2651 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2652 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers." nil nil)
2653
2654 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2655 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2656
2657 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2658 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2659
2660 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2661 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2662 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2663 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2664 execution.
2665
2666 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2667
2668 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2669 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2670
2671 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
2672 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2673 CCL_MAIN_CODE
2674 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
2675
2676 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2677 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2678 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2679 `write' commands.
2680
2681 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2682 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2683 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2684 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2685
2686 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2687 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2688 semantics.
2689
2690 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2691
2692 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2693
2694 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2695
2696 STATEMENT :=
2697 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2698 | TRANSLATE | END
2699
2700 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2701 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2702 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2703 | integer
2704
2705 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2706
2707 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
2708 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2709 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2710
2711 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2712 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
2713 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2714
2715 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2716 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2717
2718 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2719 BREAK := (break)
2720
2721 REPEAT :=
2722 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2723 (repeat)
2724 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2725 ;; (repeat))
2726 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2727 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2728 ;; (read REG)
2729 ;; (repeat))
2730 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2731 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
2732 ;; (read REG)
2733 ;; (repeat))
2734 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
2735
2736 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
2737 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
2738 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2739 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2740 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
2741 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2742 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2743 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
2744 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2745 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
2746 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
2747 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
2748 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
2749 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
2750 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
2751 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2752
2753 WRITE :=
2754 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
2755 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2756 ;; representation.
2757 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2758 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
2759 ;; (write r7))
2760 | (write EXPRESSION)
2761 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
2762 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2763 ;; representation.
2764 | (write integer)
2765 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
2766 ;; buffer.
2767 | (write string)
2768 ;; Same as: (write string)
2769 | string
2770 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
2771 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
2772 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
2773 ;; representation.
2774 | (write REG ARRAY)
2775 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
2776 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
2777 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
2778 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
2779 ;; is the second code point of the character.
2780 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2781
2782 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
2783 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
2784
2785 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
2786 END := (end)
2787
2788 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
2789 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
2790 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
2791
2792 ARG := REG | integer
2793
2794 OPERATOR :=
2795 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
2796 + | - | * | / | %
2797
2798 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
2799 | & | `|' | ^
2800
2801 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
2802 | << | >>
2803
2804 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
2805 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
2806 | <8
2807
2808 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
2809 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
2810 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
2811 | >8
2812
2813 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
2814 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
2815 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
2816 | //
2817
2818 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
2819 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
2820
2821 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
2822 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
2823 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
2824 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
2825 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
2826 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
2827 ;; second code point of CHAR.
2828 | de-sjis
2829
2830 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
2831 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
2832 ;; Shift-JIS code,
2833 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
2834 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
2835 ;; (r7 = LOW))
2836 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
2837 ;; byte of SJIS.
2838 | en-sjis
2839
2840 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
2841 ;; Same meaning as C code
2842 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
2843
2844 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
2845 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
2846 ;; (REG |= ARG))
2847 | <8=
2848
2849 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
2850 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
2851 ;; (REG >>= 8))
2852
2853 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
2854 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
2855 ;; (REG /= ARG))
2856 | //=
2857
2858 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
2859
2860
2861 TRANSLATE :=
2862 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2863 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2864 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
2865 MAP :=
2866 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
2867 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
2868 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
2869 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
2870 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
2871 MAP-ID := integer
2872 " nil (quote macro))
2873
2874 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2875 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2876 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2877 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2878 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2879 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2880
2881 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2882 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2883 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
2884
2885 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
2886
2887 ;;;***
2888 \f
2889 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2890 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2891 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2892 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2893 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2894 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2895 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2896 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2897 ;;;;;; (15187 6159))
2898 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2899
2900 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2901 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2902 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
2903 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
2904
2905 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2906 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
2907 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2908 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2909 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2910 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2911 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2912 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2913
2914 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2915 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
2916 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2917 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2918 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2919 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2920 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2921 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2922
2923 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2924 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
2925 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
2926 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
2927 spacing are all verified." t nil)
2928
2929 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2930 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
2931 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
2932 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
2933 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
2934
2935 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
2936 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
2937 Only documentation strings are checked.
2938 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
2939 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
2940 a separate buffer." t nil)
2941
2942 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2943 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
2944 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
2945 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
2946 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
2947
2948 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
2949 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
2950 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2951 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2952 if there is one." t nil)
2953
2954 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
2955 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
2956 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2957 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2958 if there is one.
2959 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
2960
2961 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2962 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
2963 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
2964
2965 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2966 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
2967 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
2968 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
2969 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
2970
2971 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2972 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
2973 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
2974 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
2975 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
2976 space at the end of each line." t nil)
2977
2978 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
2979 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
2980 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
2981 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
2982
2983 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2984 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2985 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
2986 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
2987
2988 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2989 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
2990 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2991 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
2992
2993 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2994 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2995 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2996 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
2997
2998 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2999 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3000 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3001 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
3002
3003 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3004 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3005 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3006 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
3007
3008 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3009 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3010 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3011 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
3012
3013 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3014 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3015 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3016 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
3017
3018 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3019 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3020 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3021 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
3022
3023 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3024 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3025 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3026
3027 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3028 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3029 checking of documentation strings.
3030
3031 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
3032
3033 ;;;***
3034 \f
3035 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3036 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (15186
3037 ;;;;;; 41422))
3038 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3039
3040 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3041 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3042 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3043
3044 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3045 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
3046
3047 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3048 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3049 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3050
3051 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3052 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
3053
3054 ;;;***
3055 \f
3056 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3057 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14883 31905))
3058 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3059
3060 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3061 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3062 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3063 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3064 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3065 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
3066
3067 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3068 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3069 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3070 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3071 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3072
3073 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
3074
3075 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3076 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3077 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3078 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3079 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3080
3081 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3082 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3083 \\{command-history-map}
3084
3085 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3086 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
3087
3088 ;;;***
3089 \f
3090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15012 48294))
3091 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3092
3093 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3094 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3095 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3096 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3097 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3098 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3099
3100 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3101 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3102
3103 ;;;***
3104 \f
3105 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3106 ;;;;;; (15107 34129))
3107 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3108
3109 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3110
3111 ;;;***
3112 \f
3113 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3114 ;;;;;; (15187 6160))
3115 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3116
3117 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3118 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3119 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3120 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3121
3122 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3123 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3124 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3125
3126 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3127 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3128
3129 ;;;***
3130 \f
3131 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15186
3132 ;;;;;; 41418))
3133 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3134
3135 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3136 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3137 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3138 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3139 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3140 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3141 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
3142 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3143
3144 ;;;***
3145 \f
3146 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3147 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3148 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15186 41421))
3149 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3150
3151 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3152 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3153 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3154 ASCII table.
3155
3156 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3157 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3158 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3159 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
3160
3161 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3162 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3163 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3164
3165 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3166 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3167 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3168
3169 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3170 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3171 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3172
3173 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3174 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3175
3176 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3177 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3178 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3179
3180 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3181 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
3182
3183 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3184 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3185
3186 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3187 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3188 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
3189
3190 ;;;***
3191 \f
3192 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3193 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3194 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3195 ;;;;;; (15186 41418))
3196 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3197
3198 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3199 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3200 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3201 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3202 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3203 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3204 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3205 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3206
3207 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3208
3209 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3210 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3211 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3212 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3213 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3214 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3215 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3216 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3217
3218 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3219
3220 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3221 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3222 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3223 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3224 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3225 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
3226
3227 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3228 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3229 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3230
3231 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3232
3233 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3234 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3235 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3236
3237 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3238
3239 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3240 Send COMMAND to current process.
3241 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3242 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3243
3244 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3245 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3246 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3247 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3248
3249 ;;;***
3250 \f
3251 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15186
3252 ;;;;;; 41418))
3253 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3254
3255 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3256 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3257 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3258 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3259
3260 This command pushes the mark in each window
3261 at the prior location of point in that window.
3262 If both windows display the same buffer,
3263 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3264 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3265
3266 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3267 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3268 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3269
3270 ;;;***
3271 \f
3272 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3273 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3274 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3275 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15186 41424))
3276 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3277
3278 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3279 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3280
3281 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3282 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3283
3284 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3285 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3286 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3287 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3288 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3289
3290 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3291 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3292 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3293 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3294 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3295
3296 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3297 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3298 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3299 describing how the process finished.")
3300
3301 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3302 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3303 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3304 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3305
3306 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3307 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3308 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3309
3310 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3311 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3312 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3313 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3314
3315 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3316 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3317 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3318 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3319
3320 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3321 and move to the source code that caused it.
3322
3323 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3324 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3325
3326 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3327 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3328 Then start the next one.
3329
3330 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3331 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3332 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3333
3334 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3335 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3336 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3337 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3338 where grep found matches.
3339
3340 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3341 easily repeat a grep command.
3342
3343 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3344 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3345 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3346 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3347
3348 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3349 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3350 Collect output in a buffer.
3351 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3352 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3353
3354 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3355 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3356
3357 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3358 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3359 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3360 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3361 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3362
3363 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3364
3365 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3366 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3367 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3368 See `compilation-mode'.
3369 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3370
3371 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3372 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3373 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3374 See `compilation-mode'.
3375 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3376
3377 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3378 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3379
3380 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3381 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3382
3383 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3384 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3385 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3386 and start at the first error.
3387
3388 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3389 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3390 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3391 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3392 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3393 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3394
3395 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3396 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3397 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3398
3399 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3400 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3401 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3402
3403 ;;;***
3404 \f
3405 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3406 ;;;;;; (15187 6158))
3407 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3408
3409 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3410 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
3411 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3412 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3413 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3414
3415 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3416
3417 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3418
3419 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3420 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3421 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3422
3423 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3424 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3425 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3426 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3427
3428 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3429 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3430 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3431 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3432
3433 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
3434 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3435 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
3436 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3437
3438 ;;;***
3439 \f
3440 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3441 ;;;;;; (15186 41418))
3442 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3443
3444 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3445 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3446
3447 ;;;***
3448 \f
3449 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3450 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3451 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3452 ;;;;;; (15186 41418))
3453 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3454
3455 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3456 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3457 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3458 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3459 `make-composition'.
3460
3461 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3462
3463 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3464 | | 1:tc or top-center
3465 | | 2:tr or top-right
3466 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3467 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3468 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3469 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3470 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3471 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3472
3473 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3474 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3475 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3476 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3477 be added.
3478
3479 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3480 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
3481 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3482
3483 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3484 | | |
3485 | global| |
3486 | glyph | |
3487 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3488 +----+--*--+
3489 | | new |
3490 | |glyph|
3491 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3492 ")
3493
3494 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3495 Compose characters in the current region.
3496
3497 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3498
3499 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3500 specifying the region.
3501
3502 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3503 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
3504
3505 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3506 of the text in the region.
3507
3508 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3509
3510 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3511 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3512 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3513 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3514
3515 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3516 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3517 detail.
3518
3519 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3520 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3521 text in the composition." t nil)
3522
3523 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3524 Decompose text in the current region.
3525
3526 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3527 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3528
3529 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3530 Compose characters in string STRING.
3531
3532 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3533 the characters in it.
3534
3535 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3536 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3537 STRING respectively.
3538
3539 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3540 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3541 `compose-region' for more detail.
3542
3543 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3544 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3545 text in the composition." nil nil)
3546
3547 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3548 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3549
3550 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3551 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3552 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3553 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3554 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3555 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3556 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3557 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3558
3559 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3560 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3561
3562 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3563 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3564
3565 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3566 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3567
3568 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3569 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3570
3571 If no composition is found, return nil.
3572
3573 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3574 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3575
3576 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3577 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3578 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3579
3580 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3581
3582 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3583
3584 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3585 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3586 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3587
3588 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3589
3590 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3591
3592 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3593 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3594
3595 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3596 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3597 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3598 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3599 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3600 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3601 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3602 nil.
3603
3604 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3605 is:
3606 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3607 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3608
3609 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3610
3611 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3612 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3613
3614 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3615
3616 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3617 Compose last characters.
3618 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
3619 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
3620 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
3621 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
3622 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
3623 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
3624 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3625 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3626 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
3627 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3628 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3629
3630 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3631 Convert CHAR to string.
3632 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3633
3634 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3635 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3636 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3637
3638 ;;;***
3639 \f
3640 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3641 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (14747 44775))
3642 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3643
3644 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3645 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
3646 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3647
3648 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3649 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
3650 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3651
3652 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3653 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3654 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3655 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3656
3657 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3658 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
3659
3660 ;;;***
3661 \f
3662 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3663 ;;;;;; (15187 6159))
3664 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3665
3666 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3667 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3668 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3669 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3670 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3671 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3672
3673 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3674 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3675
3676 ;;;***
3677 \f
3678 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3679 ;;;;;; (15187 6160))
3680 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3681
3682 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3683 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3684 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3685 Tab indents for Perl code.
3686 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3687 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3688
3689 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3690 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3691 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3692 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3693 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3694 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3695 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3696 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3697 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3698 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3699 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3700 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3701
3702 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3703
3704 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3705 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3706
3707 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3708
3709 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3710 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3711 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3712 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3713 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3714 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3715 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3716 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3717 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3718
3719 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3720
3721 bite if angry;
3722
3723 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3724 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3725 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3726 to nil.)
3727
3728 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3729 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3730 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3731
3732 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3733
3734 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3735 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3736 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3737 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3738 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3739
3740 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3741
3742 if (A) { B }
3743
3744 into
3745
3746 B if A;
3747
3748 \\{cperl-mode-map}
3749
3750 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3751 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3752 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3753 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3754 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3755 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3756 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3757 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3758 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3759 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3760 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3761 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3762 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3763
3764 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3765 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3766 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3767 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3768 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3769 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3770
3771 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3772 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3773 man via menu.
3774
3775 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3776 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3777 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3778 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3779 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3780
3781 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3782 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3783 span the needed amount of lines.
3784
3785 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3786 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3787 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3788 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3789
3790 Variables controlling indentation style:
3791 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3792 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3793 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3794 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3795 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3796 `cperl-auto-newline'
3797 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3798 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3799 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
3800 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3801 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3802 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3803 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3804 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3805 `cperl-indent-level'
3806 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3807 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3808 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3809 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3810 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3811 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3812 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3813 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3814 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3815 `cperl-brace-offset'
3816 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3817 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3818 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3819 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3820 `cperl-label-offset'
3821 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3822 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3823 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3824
3825 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3826 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3827 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3828 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3829 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3830
3831 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3832 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
3833 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
3834 \(both available from menu).
3835
3836 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3837 column 0 is indented on
3838 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3839
3840 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3841 with no args.
3842
3843 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3844 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3845 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3846
3847 ;;;***
3848 \f
3849 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3850 ;;;;;; (15187 6160))
3851 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3852
3853 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3854 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3855 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3856 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3857 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3858
3859 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3860 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
3861
3862 ;;;***
3863 \f
3864 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
3865 ;;;;;; (14634 20465))
3866 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
3867
3868 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
3869 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
3870 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
3871 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
3872
3873 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3874 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3875
3876 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3877
3878 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3879
3880 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3881 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
3882 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3883
3884 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
3885
3886 ;;;***
3887 \f
3888 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
3889 ;;;;;; (14600 36409))
3890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
3891
3892 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
3893 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
3894 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
3895 single prompt, optionally using completion.
3896
3897 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
3898 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
3899 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
3900 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
3901
3902 The default value for the separator character is the value of
3903 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
3904 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
3905
3906 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
3907 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
3908 'bob', and 'eve'.
3909
3910 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
3911 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
3912 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
3913
3914 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
3915
3916 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
3917 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
3918 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
3919
3920 ;;;***
3921 \f
3922 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
3923 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
3924 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
3925 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
3926 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
3927 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
3928 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
3929 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
3930 ;;;;;; (15187 6158))
3931 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
3932 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
3933
3934 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
3935 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3936
3937 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3938 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3939
3940 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3941 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3942
3943 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3944
3945 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3946 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3947
3948 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3949 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3950
3951 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3952 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3953
3954 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3955 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3956
3957 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3958 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3959
3960 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3961
3962 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3963 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
3964 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3965 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3966
3967 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3968 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3969
3970 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3971 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3972
3973 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3974 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3975
3976 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3977
3978 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
3979 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
3980 User options are structured into \"groups\".
3981 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
3982 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
3983
3984 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
3985 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3986
3987 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3988 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3989
3990 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
3991
3992 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
3993 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
3994
3995 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
3996 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
3997 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
3998 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
3999 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4000
4001 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4002 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4003 version." t nil)
4004
4005 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4006
4007 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4008 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4009 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
4010
4011 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4012 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4013 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
4014
4015 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4016 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
4017
4018 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4019 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
4020
4021 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4022 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
4023
4024 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4025 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4026 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4027 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4028 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4029 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4030 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
4031
4032 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4033 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4034 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
4035
4036 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4037 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
4038
4039 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4040 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
4041
4042 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4043 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4044 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4045 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4046 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4047 that option." nil nil)
4048
4049 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4050 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4051 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4052 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4053 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4054 that option." nil nil)
4055
4056 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4057 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
4058
4059 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4060 File used for storing customization information.
4061 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4062 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4063 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4064
4065 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4066 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4067 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4068 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4069
4070 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4071 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
4072
4073 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4074 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
4075
4076 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4077 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4078 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4079
4080 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4081 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4082 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4083 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4084 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4085
4086 ;;;***
4087 \f
4088 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4089 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (15187 6158))
4090 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4091
4092 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4093 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
4094
4095 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4096 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4097 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4098
4099 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4100
4101 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4102 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4103 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4104
4105 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
4106
4107 ;;;***
4108 \f
4109 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4110 ;;;;;; (14909 56659))
4111 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4112
4113 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4114 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
4115
4116 ;;;***
4117 \f
4118 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4119 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15187 6160))
4120 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4121
4122 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4123 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4124
4125 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4126 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4127 C++ modes are included.
4128
4129 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4130
4131 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4132 Turn on CWarn mode.
4133
4134 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4135 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
4136
4137 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4138 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
4139
4140 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4141
4142 ;;;***
4143 \f
4144 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4145 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4146 ;;;;;; (15186 41422))
4147 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4148
4149 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4150 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4151
4152 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4153 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4154
4155 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4156 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4157 For readability, the table is slightly
4158 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4159
4160 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4161 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4162 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
4163 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4164 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
4165
4166 ;;;***
4167 \f
4168 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4169 ;;;;;; (15153 45273))
4170 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4171
4172 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
4173
4174 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
4175
4176 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4177 Completion on current word.
4178 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
4179 and presents suggestions for completion.
4180
4181 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4182 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4183 completions.
4184
4185 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4186 then it searches *all* buffers.
4187
4188 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4189 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
4190
4191 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4192 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
4193
4194 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4195 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4196 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4197 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4198 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4199
4200 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4201 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4202
4203 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4204 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4205 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4206
4207 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4208 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4209
4210 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
4211
4212 ;;;***
4213 \f
4214 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (14977
4215 ;;;;;; 55829))
4216 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
4217
4218 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
4219 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
4220
4221 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
4222 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
4223 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
4224
4225 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
4226 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
4227 Data lines are not indented.
4228
4229 Key bindings:
4230
4231 \\{dcl-mode-map}
4232 Commands not usually bound to keys:
4233
4234 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
4235 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
4236 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
4237 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
4238
4239 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4240
4241 dcl-basic-offset
4242 Extra indentation within blocks.
4243
4244 dcl-continuation-offset
4245 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4246
4247 dcl-margin-offset
4248 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4249
4250 dcl-margin-label-offset
4251 Indentation for a label.
4252
4253 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4254 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4255
4256 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4257 dcl-block-end-regexp
4258 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4259 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4260 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4261 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4262 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4263
4264 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4265 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4266 Two such functions are included in the package:
4267 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4268 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4269
4270 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4271 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4272 One such function is included in the package:
4273 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4274
4275 dcl-tab-always-indent
4276 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4277 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4278 margin.
4279
4280 dcl-electric-characters
4281 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4282 typed.
4283
4284 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4285 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4286 which words trigger electric indentation.
4287
4288 dcl-tempo-comma
4289 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4290 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4291 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4292
4293 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4294 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4295 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4296 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4297
4298 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4299 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4300 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4301 dcl-imenu-label-call
4302 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4303
4304 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4305 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4306 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4307 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4308
4309
4310 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4311
4312 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4313 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4314 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4315 $ i = 1
4316 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4317 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4318 $ label:
4319 $ if i.eq.1
4320 $ then
4321 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4322 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4323 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4324 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4325 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4326 \"lined up with the command line\"
4327 $ type sys$input
4328 Data lines are not indented at all.
4329 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4330 $ endif
4331 $
4332 " t nil)
4333
4334 ;;;***
4335 \f
4336 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4337 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14763 42852))
4338 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4339
4340 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4341
4342 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4343 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4344 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4345 of the evaluator.
4346
4347 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4348 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4349 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4350
4351 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4352 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4353 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4354 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4355 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4356 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4357 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4358
4359 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4360 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4361 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4362
4363 ;;;***
4364 \f
4365 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4366 ;;;;;; (15187 6160))
4367 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4368
4369 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4370 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4371
4372 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4373 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4374 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4375 Upper-case letters are commands.
4376
4377 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4378 modify it.
4379
4380 The most useful commands are:
4381 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4382 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4383 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4384 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4385 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4386 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4387
4388 ;;;***
4389 \f
4390 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4391 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15187
4392 ;;;;;; 6158))
4393 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4394
4395 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4396 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4397
4398 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4399 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4400
4401 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4402
4403 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4404 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4405
4406 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4407
4408 ;;;***
4409 \f
4410 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15187
4411 ;;;;;; 6160))
4412 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4413
4414 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4415 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4416 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4417 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4418 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4419 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4420
4421 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4422
4423 Customization:
4424
4425 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4426 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4427 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4428 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4429 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4430 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4431 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4432 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4433 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4434 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4435 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4436 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4437 blank line.
4438 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4439 Directories to search when finding external units.
4440 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4441 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4442
4443 Coloring:
4444
4445 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4446 Face used to color delphi comments.
4447 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4448 Face used to color delphi strings.
4449 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4450 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4451 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4452 Face used to color everything else.
4453
4454 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4455 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4456
4457 ;;;***
4458 \f
4459 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (14854
4460 ;;;;;; 32221))
4461 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4462
4463 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4464
4465 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4466 Toggle Delete-Selection mode on or off.
4467 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4468 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4469 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4470
4471 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4472
4473 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4474
4475 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4476 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4477 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4478 positive.
4479
4480 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4481 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4482 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4483 any selection." t nil)
4484
4485 ;;;***
4486 \f
4487 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
4488 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (15186 41418))
4489 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4490
4491 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
4492 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4493
4494 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4495
4496 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4497 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
4498 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4499 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4500 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4501 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4502 hooks for the new mode.
4503
4504 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4505
4506 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4507
4508 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4509 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4510 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4511
4512 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4513 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4514
4515 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4516 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4517 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4518
4519 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4520 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4521
4522 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4523 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4524 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4525 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4526 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4527
4528 ;;;***
4529 \f
4530 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4531 ;;;;;; (14823 12922))
4532 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4533
4534 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4535 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4536 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4537
4538 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4539 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4540 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4541 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4542
4543 ;;;***
4544 \f
4545 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
4546 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
4547 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
4548 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
4549 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
4550 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
4551 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
4552 ;;;;;; (15187 6159))
4553 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4554
4555 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4556 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
4557 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4558
4559 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
4560 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
4561 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4562
4563 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
4564 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
4565 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4566 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4567
4568 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
4569 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
4570 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4571 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4572
4573 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
4574 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
4575
4576 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4577 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
4578 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
4579
4580 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
4581 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
4582
4583 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4584
4585 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4586
4587 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4588
4589 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4590 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
4591
4592 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4593
4594 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4595 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
4596
4597 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4598
4599 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4600
4601 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4602
4603 ;;;***
4604 \f
4605 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4606 ;;;;;; (15186 41419))
4607 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4608
4609 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4610 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4611 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4612 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4613 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4614
4615 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4616 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4617 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4618
4619 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4620 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4621 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4622 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4623
4624 #!/bin/sh
4625 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4626 emacs -batch \\
4627 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4628 european-calendar-style t \\
4629 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4630 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4631 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4632
4633 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4634 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4635 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4636 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4637
4638 ;;;***
4639 \f
4640 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4641 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15186 41418))
4642 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4643
4644 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4645 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4646
4647 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4648 *The command to use to run diff.")
4649
4650 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4651 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4652 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4653 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4654 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4655
4656 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4657 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4658 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4659 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4660 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4661
4662 ;;;***
4663 \f
4664 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4665 ;;;;;; (15149 49403))
4666 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4667
4668 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4669 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4670 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
4671 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
4672 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
4673 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
4674
4675 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4676 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4677 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4678
4679 ;;;***
4680 \f
4681 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4682 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4683 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4684 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4685 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15186 50925))
4686 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4687
4688 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4689 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4690 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4691 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4692 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
4693
4694 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4695 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4696
4697 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4698 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4699 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4700 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4701 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4702
4703 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4704 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4705
4706 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4707 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4708 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4709 always set this variable to t.")
4710
4711 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4712 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4713 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4714 A value of t means move to first file.")
4715
4716 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4717 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4718 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4719 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4720 are afterward marked with that character.")
4721
4722 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4723 *Controls marking of copied files.
4724 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4725 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4726
4727 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4728 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4729 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4730 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4731
4732 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4733 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4734 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4735 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4736
4737 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4738 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4739 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4740 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4741
4742 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4743
4744 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4745 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4746 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4747 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4748
4749 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4750 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4751 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4752 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4753 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4754 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4755 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4756 list of files to make directory entries for.
4757 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4758 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4759 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4760 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4761
4762 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4763 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4764
4765 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4766 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4767 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4768
4769 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4770 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4771
4772 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4773 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4774
4775 ;;;***
4776 \f
4777 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
4778 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
4779 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
4780 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
4781 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4782 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4783 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4784 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4785 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4786 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4787 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4788 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4789 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15186 41418))
4790 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4791
4792 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4793 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4794 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
4795 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
4796 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4797 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4798 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4799
4800 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4801 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4802 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4803 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4804 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4805 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4806
4807 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4808 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4809 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4810
4811 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4812 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4813
4814 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4815 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4816
4817 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4818 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4819 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4820 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4821
4822 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4823 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4824 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4825 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
4826 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4827
4828 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4829
4830 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
4831 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
4832 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4833
4834 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
4835 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
4836 instead of at the end of the command.
4837
4838 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
4839 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
4840 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
4841
4842 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
4843 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
4844
4845 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4846 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4847
4848 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4849 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4850 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4851 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4852 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4853 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4854
4855 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4856
4857 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4858 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4859
4860 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4861 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4862
4863 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4864 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4865
4866 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4867 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4868 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4869 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4870
4871 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4872
4873 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4874
4875 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4876
4877 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4878
4879 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4880
4881 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
4882 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
4883
4884 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
4885 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
4886 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
4887 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4888 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
4889 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
4890 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
4891 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
4892 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
4893
4894 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
4895 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4896 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4897 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4898 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
4899 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
4900 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
4901 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
4902
4903 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
4904 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4905 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4906 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4907 and new hard links are made in that directory
4908 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
4909 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
4910 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
4911
4912 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
4913 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4914 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
4915 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
4916 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
4917 of `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
4918
4919 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4920 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4921
4922 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
4923 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
4924 file if none are marked.
4925
4926 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
4927 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
4928 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
4929 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
4930
4931 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
4932 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
4933
4934 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4935 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4936 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4937
4938 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4939 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4940 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4941
4942 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4943 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4944 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4945
4946 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
4947 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
4948
4949 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
4950 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
4951
4952 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4953 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4954 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
4955 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4956 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
4957 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4958 this subdirectory.
4959 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4960
4961 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4962 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4963 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
4964 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4965 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
4966 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4967 this subdirectory.
4968 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4969
4970 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4971 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
4972 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
4973
4974 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4975 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
4976 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
4977 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
4978
4979 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
4980 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
4981 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
4982 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
4983
4984 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4985 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
4986 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
4987
4988 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
4989 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
4990
4991 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
4992 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
4993
4994 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4995 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
4996 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
4997 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
4998
4999 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
5000 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
5001 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
5002 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
5003
5004 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
5005 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
5006 Stops when a match is found.
5007 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5008
5009 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5010 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
5011 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5012 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
5013 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5014
5015 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
5016 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
5017 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
5018 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
5019
5020 ;;;***
5021 \f
5022 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14937 32770))
5023 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
5024
5025 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
5026 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
5027 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
5028 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
5029 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
5030 buffer and try again." t nil)
5031
5032 ;;;***
5033 \f
5034 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14977 56454))
5035 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
5036
5037 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
5038 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
5039 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
5040
5041 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
5042
5043 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
5044 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
5045
5046 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
5047 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
5048 " nil nil)
5049
5050 ;;;***
5051 \f
5052 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
5053 ;;;;;; 9615))
5054 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
5055
5056 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
5057 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
5058 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
5059 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
5060 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
5061 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
5062
5063 ;;;***
5064 \f
5065 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
5066 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
5067 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
5068 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
5069 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15186 41418))
5070 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
5071
5072 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5073 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
5074
5075 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5076 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
5077 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
5078 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5079 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5080
5081 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5082 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
5083 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
5084 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5085 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5086
5087 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5088 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
5089
5090 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5091 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
5092
5093 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
5094 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
5095
5096 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
5097 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
5098
5099 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
5100 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
5101
5102 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
5103 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
5104 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
5105 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
5106
5107 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
5108 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
5109 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
5110 X frame." nil nil)
5111
5112 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
5113 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
5114
5115 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
5116 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
5117
5118 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
5119 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
5120
5121 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
5122 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
5123 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
5124 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
5125
5126 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
5127 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
5128 European character display.
5129
5130 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
5131 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
5132 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
5133 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
5134
5135 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
5136 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
5137 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
5138 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
5139 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
5140
5141 ;;;***
5142 \f
5143 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
5144 ;;;;;; (15186 41423))
5145 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
5146
5147 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
5148 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
5149 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
5150 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
5151 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
5152 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
5153 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
5154 Default is 2." t nil)
5155
5156 ;;;***
5157 \f
5158 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15186 41423))
5159 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
5160
5161 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
5162 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
5163
5164 ;;;***
5165 \f
5166 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
5167 ;;;;;; (15187 6158))
5168 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
5169
5170 (defvar double-mode nil "\
5171 Toggle Double mode.
5172 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5173 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
5174
5175 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5176
5177 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
5178
5179 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
5180 Toggle Double mode.
5181 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
5182
5183 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
5184 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
5185
5186 ;;;***
5187 \f
5188 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15187 6160))
5189 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
5190
5191 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
5192 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
5193
5194 ;;;***
5195 \f
5196 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
5197 ;;;;;; (15186 41421))
5198 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
5199
5200 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
5201 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
5202
5203 ;;;***
5204 \f
5205 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
5206 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
5207 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15187 6159))
5208 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
5209
5210 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
5211
5212 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5213 Define a new minor mode MODE.
5214 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
5215 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
5216
5217 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
5218 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
5219 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
5220 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
5221 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
5222 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
5223 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
5224 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
5225 used (see below).
5226
5227 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
5228 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
5229 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
5230 The following keyword arguments are supported:
5231 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
5232 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
5233 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
5234 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
5235 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
5236
5237 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5238 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
5239 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
5240 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
5241 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
5242 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
5243
5244 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5245 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5246 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5247 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5248 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5249 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5250 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
5251
5252 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
5253
5254 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
5255 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
5256 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX)." nil (quote macro))
5257
5258 ;;;***
5259 \f
5260 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5261 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (15187
5262 ;;;;;; 6159))
5263 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5264
5265 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
5266
5267 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5268 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5269 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5270 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5271
5272 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5273 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5274
5275 :filter FUNCTION
5276
5277 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5278 menu displayed.
5279
5280 :visible INCLUDE
5281
5282 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5283 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5284
5285 :active ENABLE
5286
5287 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5288 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5289
5290 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5291
5292 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5293
5294 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5295
5296 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5297 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5298
5299 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5300 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5301
5302 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5303
5304 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5305
5306 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5307
5308 :keys KEYS
5309
5310 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5311 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5312 computed automatically.
5313 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5314
5315 :key-sequence KEYS
5316
5317 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5318 menu item.
5319 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5320 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5321 keyboard equivalent.
5322
5323 :active ENABLE
5324
5325 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5326 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5327
5328 :included INCLUDE
5329
5330 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5331 expression has a non-nil value.
5332
5333 :suffix FORM
5334
5335 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5336 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5337
5338 :style STYLE
5339
5340 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5341 defined:
5342
5343 toggle: A checkbox.
5344 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5345 radio: A radio button.
5346 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5347 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5348 menu bar itself.
5349 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5350
5351 :selected SELECTED
5352
5353 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5354 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5355
5356 :help HELP
5357
5358 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5359
5360 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5361 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5362 as a solid horizontal line.
5363
5364 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5365
5366 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5367
5368 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5369 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5370 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5371 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5372
5373 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5374 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5375 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5376 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5377 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5378 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5379
5380 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5381 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5382 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5383
5384 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5385 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5386
5387 ;;;***
5388 \f
5389 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5390 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5391 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5392 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5393 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15187 6160))
5394 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5395
5396 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5397 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5398
5399 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5400 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5401
5402 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5403 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5404 it to the printer.
5405
5406 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5407 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5408 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5409 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5410
5411 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5412 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5413 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5414
5415 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5416 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5417 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5418 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5419
5420 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5421
5422 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5423 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5424 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5425
5426 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5427
5428 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5429 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5430
5431 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5432 The EPS file name has the following form:
5433
5434 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5435
5436 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5437 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5438
5439 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5440 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5441 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5442 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5443
5444 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5445
5446 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5447 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5448
5449 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5450 The EPS file name has the following form:
5451
5452 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5453
5454 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5455 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5456
5457 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5458 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5459 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5460 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5461
5462 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5463
5464 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5465
5466 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5467 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5468
5469 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5470 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5471
5472 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5473 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5474
5475 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5476 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5477
5478 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5479 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5480
5481 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5482 Set STYLE to current style.
5483
5484 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5485
5486 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5487 Reset current style.
5488
5489 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5490
5491 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5492 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5493
5494 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5495
5496 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5497 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5498
5499 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5500
5501 ;;;***
5502 \f
5503 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
5504 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
5505 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
5506 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
5507 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
5508 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15186 41424))
5509 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5510
5511 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5512 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5513 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5514 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5515 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5516 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5517
5518 Tree mode key bindings:
5519 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5520
5521 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5522 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5523
5524 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5525 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5526 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5527 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5528 completion." t nil)
5529
5530 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5531 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5532 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5533 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5534
5535 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5536 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5537 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5538
5539 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
5540 Search for call sites of a member.
5541 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
5542 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
5543 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
5544 looks like a function call to the member." t nil)
5545
5546 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5547 Move backward in the position stack.
5548 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5549
5550 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5551 Move forward in the position stack.
5552 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5553
5554 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
5555 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer." t nil)
5556
5557 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5558 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from." t nil)
5559
5560 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5561 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5562 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5563 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5564
5565 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
5566 Display statistics for a class tree." t nil)
5567
5568 ;;;***
5569 \f
5570 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5571 ;;;;;; (14783 15355))
5572 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5573
5574 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5575 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5576 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5577 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5578
5579 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5580 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5581 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5582
5583 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5584 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5585 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5586
5587 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5588
5589 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5590
5591 ;;;***
5592 \f
5593 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5594 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15186 41418))
5595 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5596
5597 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5598 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5599 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5600
5601 ;;;***
5602 \f
5603 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5604 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14921 47235))
5605 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5606
5607 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5608 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5609 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5610 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5611 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5612
5613 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5614 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5615 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5616 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5617
5618 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5619 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5620 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5621 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5622
5623 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5624 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5625 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5626 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5627
5628 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5629
5630 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5631 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5632 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5633 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5634 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5635
5636 ;;;***
5637 \f
5638 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5639 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5640 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5641 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5642 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5643 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5644 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5645 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5646 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5647 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15029 54049))
5648 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5649
5650 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5651 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5652
5653 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5654 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5655
5656 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5657
5658 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5659
5660 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5661 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5662
5663 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5664
5665 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5666 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5667
5668 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5669
5670 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5671 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5672 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5673 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5674
5675 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5676
5677 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5678 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5679 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5680 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5681
5682 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5683
5684 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5685 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5686 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5687 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5688
5689 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5690
5691 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5692 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5693 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5694 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5695
5696 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5697
5698 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5699 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5700 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5701 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5702 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5703 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5704
5705 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5706 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5707 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5708 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5709
5710 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5711
5712 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5713 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5714 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5715 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5716
5717 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5718
5719 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5720
5721 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5722 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5723 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5724 follows:
5725 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5726 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5727
5728 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5729 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5730 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5731 follows:
5732 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5733 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5734
5735 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5736 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5737 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5738 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5739 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5740
5741 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5742 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5743 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5744 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5745 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5746 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5747
5748 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5749
5750 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5751 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5752
5753 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5754 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5755
5756 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5757
5758 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5759 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5760
5761 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5762 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5763
5764 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5765 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5766 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5767 buffer." t nil)
5768
5769 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5770 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5771 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5772 buffer." t nil)
5773
5774 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5775 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5776 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5777 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5778
5779 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5780 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5781 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5782 and don't ask the user.
5783 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5784 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5785
5786 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5787 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
5788 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
5789 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
5790 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
5791 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil)
5792
5793 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5794
5795 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5796
5797 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5798 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5799 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
5800 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
5801 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5802
5803 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5804
5805 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5806 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5807 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5808
5809 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5810 Display Ediff's manual.
5811 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5812
5813 ;;;***
5814 \f
5815 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
5816 ;;;;;; (15186 41418))
5817 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
5818
5819 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
5820
5821 ;;;***
5822 \f
5823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (15186 41418))
5824 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5825
5826 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5827
5828 (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser..."))))
5829
5830 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5831
5832 ;;;***
5833 \f
5834 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5835 ;;;;;; (14845 20842))
5836 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5837
5838 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5839 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5840
5841 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5842
5843 ;;;***
5844 \f
5845 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5846 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15186 41418))
5847 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5848
5849 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5850 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5851 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5852 which see." t nil)
5853
5854 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5855 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5856 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5857 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5858
5859 ;;;***
5860 \f
5861 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5862 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5863 ;;;;;; (15187 6158))
5864 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5865 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
5866
5867 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5868 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
5869 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
5870
5871 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5872 Edit a keyboard macro.
5873 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
5874 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
5875 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
5876 its command name.
5877 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
5878
5879 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5880 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
5881
5882 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5883 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
5884
5885 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5886 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
5887 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
5888 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
5889 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
5890 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
5891
5892 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
5893 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
5894 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
5895 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
5896
5897 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5898 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
5899 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
5900 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
5901 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
5902 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
5903
5904 ;;;***
5905 \f
5906 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
5907 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15187 6159))
5908 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
5909
5910 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
5911 Set scroll margins.
5912 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
5913 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil)
5914
5915 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
5916 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
5917
5918 ;;;***
5919 \f
5920 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
5921 ;;;;;; (15031 23653))
5922 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
5923
5924 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
5925 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
5926 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
5927 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
5928 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
5929 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
5930 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
5931 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
5932
5933 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5934 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5935
5936 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
5937 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
5938 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
5939 this value is non-nil.
5940
5941 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5942 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
5943 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5944
5945 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
5946 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
5947 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
5948
5949 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
5950
5951 ;;;***
5952 \f
5953 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string
5954 ;;;;;; eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (14890 7814))
5955 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
5956
5957 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
5958 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
5959
5960 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
5961 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
5962 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
5963 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
5964 from the documentation string if possible.
5965
5966 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
5967 instead.
5968
5969 This variable is buffer-local.")
5970
5971 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
5972 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.")
5973
5974 (cond ((fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote eldoc-mode) (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string))) ((assq (quote eldoc-mode) (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)))) (t (setq-default minor-mode-alist (append (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)) (quote ((eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)))))))
5975
5976 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5977 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
5978 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
5979
5980 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
5981 of the mode.
5982 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
5983 the mode, respectively." t nil)
5984
5985 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5986 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
5987
5988 ;;;***
5989 \f
5990 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15187
5991 ;;;;;; 6158))
5992 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5993
5994 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5995 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5996
5997 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5998 an elided material again.
5999
6000 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
6001
6002 ;;;***
6003 \f
6004 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
6005 ;;;;;; (15187 6159))
6006 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
6007
6008 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
6009 Initialize elint." t nil)
6010
6011 ;;;***
6012 \f
6013 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
6014 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15186
6015 ;;;;;; 41419))
6016 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
6017
6018 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
6019 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
6020 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
6021
6022 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
6023 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
6024 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
6025
6026 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
6027 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
6028 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
6029
6030 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
6031
6032 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
6033 Display current profiling results.
6034 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
6035 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
6036 displayed." t nil)
6037
6038 ;;;***
6039 \f
6040 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
6041 ;;;;;; (15186 41422))
6042 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
6043
6044 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
6045 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
6046 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
6047
6048 ;;;***
6049 \f
6050 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
6051 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
6052 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
6053 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
6054 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15187 6158))
6055 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
6056
6057 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
6058
6059 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
6060
6061 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
6062
6063 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
6064
6065 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
6066
6067 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
6068
6069 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
6070
6071 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
6072
6073 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
6074
6075 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
6076 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
6077
6078 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6079 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
6080
6081 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
6082 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
6083
6084 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6085 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6086
6087 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6088
6089 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6090
6091 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6092
6093 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6094
6095 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
6096 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6097
6098 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6099 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6100
6101 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
6102
6103 ;;;***
6104 \f
6105 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
6106 ;;;;;; (15186 41421))
6107 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
6108
6109 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
6110 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
6111 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6112
6113 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
6114 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
6115 automatically.
6116
6117 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
6118 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
6119 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
6120
6121 ;;;***
6122 \f
6123 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
6124 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14885 22378))
6125 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
6126
6127 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
6128 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
6129 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
6130 text/enriched format.
6131 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
6132
6133 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
6134 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
6135
6136 Commands:
6137
6138 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
6139
6140 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6141
6142 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6143
6144 ;;;***
6145 \f
6146 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15186
6147 ;;;;;; 58625))
6148 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
6149
6150 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
6151 Emacs shell interactive mode.
6152
6153 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
6154
6155 ;;;***
6156 \f
6157 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15186
6158 ;;;;;; 41420))
6159 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
6160
6161 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
6162 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
6163
6164 ;;;***
6165 \f
6166 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
6167 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15186 41420))
6168 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
6169
6170 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
6171 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
6172 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
6173 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
6174 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
6175 will begin. A new session is always created if the the prefix
6176 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
6177
6178 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
6179 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
6180 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
6181
6182 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
6183 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
6184 The result might be any Lisp object.
6185 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
6186 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
6187 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
6188
6189 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
6190 Report a bug in Eshell.
6191 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
6192 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
6193
6194 ;;;***
6195 \f
6196 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
6197 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
6198 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
6199 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
6200 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
6201 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
6202 ;;;;;; (15127 20500))
6203 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
6204
6205 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
6206 *File name of tags table.
6207 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
6208 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
6209 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6210 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
6211
6212 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
6213 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
6214 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
6215 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
6216
6217 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
6218 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
6219 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
6220 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
6221 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
6222 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6223
6224 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
6225 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
6226 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
6227 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
6228 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
6229 `auto-compression-mode').")
6230
6231 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
6232 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
6233 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
6234 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
6235 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
6236
6237 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
6238 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
6239 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
6240 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
6241
6242 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
6243 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
6244 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
6245 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
6246 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
6247
6248 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
6249 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
6250 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6251 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
6252
6253 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
6254 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
6255 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
6256 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
6257 file the tag was in." t nil)
6258
6259 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
6260 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
6261 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
6262 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
6263 without directory names." nil nil)
6264
6265 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
6266 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6267 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
6268 but does not select the buffer.
6269 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
6270
6271 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6272 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6273 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6274 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6275 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6276
6277 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6278
6279 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6280 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6281 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6282
6283 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6284
6285 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
6286 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6287 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
6288 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
6289
6290 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6291 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6292 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6293 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6294 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6295
6296 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6297
6298 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6299 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6300 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6301
6302 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6303 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6304
6305 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6306 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6307 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6308 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6309 around or before point.
6310
6311 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6312 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6313 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6314 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6315 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6316
6317 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6318
6319 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6320 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6321 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6322
6323 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6324 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6325
6326 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6327 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6328 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6329 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6330 around or before point.
6331
6332 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6333 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6334 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6335 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6336 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6337
6338 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6339
6340 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6341 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6342 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6343
6344 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6345 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6346
6347 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6348 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6349 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6350
6351 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6352 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6353 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6354 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6355 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6356
6357 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6358
6359 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6360 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6361 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6362
6363 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6364 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6365 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6366
6367 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6368 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6369
6370 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6371 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6372 where they were found." t nil)
6373
6374 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6375 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6376
6377 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6378 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6379 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6380
6381 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6382 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6383
6384 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6385 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6386
6387 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6388 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6389 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6390 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6391
6392 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6393 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6394 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6395 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6396 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6397 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6398
6399 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6400 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6401 Stops when a match is found.
6402 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6403
6404 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6405
6406 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6407 `Query-replace-regexp' FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
6408 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6409 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
6410 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6411
6412 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6413
6414 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6415 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6416 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6417 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6418 directory specification." t nil)
6419
6420 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6421 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6422
6423 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6424 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6425 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6426 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6427
6428 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6429 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6430 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6431 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6432 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6433
6434 ;;;***
6435 \f
6436 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6437 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6438 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6439 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6440 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6441 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6442 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6443 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15187 6159))
6444 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6445
6446 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6447
6448 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6449 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6450 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6451 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6452
6453 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6454 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6455 language.
6456
6457 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6458 even if the buffer is read-only.
6459
6460 See also the descriptions of the variables
6461 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6462 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6463
6464 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6465 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6466
6467 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6468 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6469
6470 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6471 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6472 language.
6473
6474 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6475 buffer is read-only.
6476
6477 See also the descriptions of the variables
6478 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6479 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6480
6481 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6482 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6483 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6484
6485 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6486 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6487
6488 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6489 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6490
6491 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6492 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6493
6494 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6495 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6496 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6497 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6498
6499 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6500 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6501 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6502 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6503
6504 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6505 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6506 the primary language.
6507
6508 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6509 buffer is read-only.
6510
6511 See also the descriptions of the variables
6512 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6513 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6514
6515 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6516 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6517 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6518 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6519
6520 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6521 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6522 primary language.
6523
6524 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6525 buffer is read-only.
6526
6527 See also the descriptions of the variables
6528 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6529 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6530
6531 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6532 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6533 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6534
6535 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6536 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6537
6538 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6539 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6540 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6541 3) convert the body into SERA.
6542
6543 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6544
6545 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6546 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6547 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6548
6549 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6550 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6551
6552 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6553 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6554
6555 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6556 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6557 be 1, 2, or 3.
6558
6559 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6560 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6561 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6562
6563 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6564
6565 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6566 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6567
6568 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6569 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6570 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6571
6572 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6573 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6574
6575 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6576 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6577
6578 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6579 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6580
6581 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6582 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6583
6584 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6585 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6586
6587 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6588 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6589
6590 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6591 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6592
6593 ;;;***
6594 \f
6595 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6596 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6597 ;;;;;; (14463 4091))
6598 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6599
6600 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6601 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6602 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6603 server for future sessions." t nil)
6604
6605 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6606 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6607
6608 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6609 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6610
6611 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6612 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6613 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6614 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6615 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6616 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6617 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6618 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6619 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6620 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6621 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6622 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6623
6624 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6625 Display a form to query the directory server.
6626 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6627 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6628
6629 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6630 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6631 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6632
6633 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
6634
6635 ;;;***
6636 \f
6637 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6638 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6639 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15186 41423))
6640 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6641
6642 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
6643 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
6644
6645 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
6646 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
6647
6648 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
6649 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
6650
6651 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
6652 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
6653
6654 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
6655 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
6656
6657 ;;;***
6658 \f
6659 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6660 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15186 41423))
6661 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6662
6663 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
6664 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6665 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
6666
6667 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
6668 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
6669
6670 ;;;***
6671 \f
6672 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6673 ;;;;;; (15186 41423))
6674 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6675
6676 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6677 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
6678
6679 ;;;***
6680 \f
6681 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
6682 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
6683 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15187 6160))
6684 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6685
6686 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
6687 Search for COMMAND in exec-path and return the absolute file name.
6688 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil)
6689
6690 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
6691 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6692 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6693 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6694 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6695 executable." t nil)
6696
6697 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
6698 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6699 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
6700
6701 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
6702 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
6703 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
6704 file modes." nil nil)
6705
6706 ;;;***
6707 \f
6708 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6709 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15187 6158))
6710 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6711
6712 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
6713 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6714 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6715 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6716
6717 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6718
6719 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6720 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6721 to generate such functions.
6722
6723 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6724 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6725 beginning of the expanded text.
6726
6727 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6728 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6729 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6730 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6731
6732 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
6733
6734 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
6735 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6736 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6737
6738 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
6739 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6740 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6741 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
6742 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
6743
6744 ;;;***
6745 \f
6746 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14969 34760))
6747 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
6748
6749 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
6750 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
6751
6752 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
6753 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
6754 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
6755
6756 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
6757
6758 Key definitions:
6759 \\{f90-mode-map}
6760
6761 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6762
6763 f90-do-indent
6764 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6765 f90-if-indent
6766 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
6767 f90-type-indent
6768 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
6769 f90-program-indent
6770 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6771 (default 2)
6772 f90-continuation-indent
6773 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6774 f90-comment-region
6775 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
6776 region. (default \"!!!$\")
6777 f90-indented-comment-re
6778 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6779 (default \"!\")
6780 f90-directive-comment-re
6781 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
6782 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
6783 f90-break-delimiters
6784 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6785 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
6786 f90-break-before-delimiters
6787 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6788 (default t)
6789 f90-beginning-ampersand
6790 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6791 f90-smart-end
6792 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6793 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6794 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6795 f90-auto-keyword-case
6796 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6797 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6798 f90-leave-line-no
6799 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6800 f90-startup-message
6801 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
6802 f90-keywords-re
6803 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6804
6805 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6806 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6807
6808 ;;;***
6809 \f
6810 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
6811 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
6812 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
6813 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
6814 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14964 4164))
6815 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
6816 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
6817 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
6818
6819 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
6820 Menu keymap for faces.")
6821
6822 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
6823
6824 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
6825 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
6826
6827 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
6828
6829 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
6830 Menu keymap for background colors.")
6831
6832 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
6833
6834 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6835 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6836
6837 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6838
6839 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6840 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6841
6842 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6843
6844 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6845 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6846
6847 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6848
6849 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6850 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6851
6852 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6853
6854 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6855
6856 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6857
6858 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6859
6860 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6861 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6862 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6863 will not show through at all will be removed.
6864
6865 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
6866
6867 In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no
6868 prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face.
6869
6870 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6871 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6872 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6873
6874 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
6875 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6876 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
6877 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6878 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6879 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6880 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6881 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6882
6883 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
6884 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6885 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
6886 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6887 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6888 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6889 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6890 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6891
6892 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
6893 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
6894 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
6895 is the menu item's name.
6896
6897 In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no
6898 prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face.
6899
6900 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6901 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6902 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6903
6904 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
6905 Make the region invisible.
6906 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
6907 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6908
6909 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
6910 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
6911 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
6912 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6913
6914 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
6915 Make the region unmodifiable.
6916 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
6917 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6918
6919 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
6920 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
6921
6922 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
6923 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
6924
6925 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
6926 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
6927 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
6928
6929 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
6930 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
6931
6932 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
6933 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
6934
6935 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
6936 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
6937 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
6938 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
6939 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
6940
6941 ;;;***
6942 \f
6943 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
6944 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15186 41418))
6945 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
6946
6947 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
6948 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
6949 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
6950 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
6951
6952 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
6953
6954 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
6955 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
6956 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
6957
6958 Font Lock caches may be saved:
6959 - When you save the file's buffer.
6960 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
6961 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
6962 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
6963 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
6964
6965 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
6966
6967 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
6968 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
6969 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
6970 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
6971
6972 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
6973 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
6974
6975 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
6976
6977 ;;;***
6978 \f
6979 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
6980 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
6981 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15187 6159))
6982 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
6983
6984 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
6985 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
6986 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
6987 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil)
6988
6989 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
6990 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
6991
6992 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
6993 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
6994 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
6995 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
6996
6997 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
6998 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
6999 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
7000 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
7001 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
7002
7003 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
7004 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
7005 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
7006 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
7007 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
7008 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
7009 internally by feedmail):
7010
7011 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
7012 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
7013 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
7014 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
7015
7016 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
7017 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
7018 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
7019 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
7020 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
7021
7022 ;;;***
7023 \f
7024 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
7025 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15149 49403))
7026 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
7027
7028 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
7029 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
7030 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
7031 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
7032 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
7033 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
7034 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
7035
7036 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
7037 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
7038 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
7039 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
7040 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
7041 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
7042 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
7043
7044 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
7045 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
7046
7047 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
7048 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
7049 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
7050 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
7051 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
7052 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
7053
7054 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
7055 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
7056 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
7057 Return value:
7058 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
7059 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
7060 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
7061
7062 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
7063 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
7064
7065 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
7066 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil)
7067
7068 ;;;***
7069 \f
7070 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
7071 ;;;;;; (14887 28113))
7072 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
7073
7074 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
7075 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
7076 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
7077 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
7078 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
7079 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
7080 \(directories) is done." t nil)
7081 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7082 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7083 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7084
7085 ;;;***
7086 \f
7087 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
7088 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15186 41418))
7089 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
7090
7091 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
7092 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
7093 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
7094 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
7095 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
7096
7097 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
7098 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
7099 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
7100 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
7101
7102 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
7103 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
7104 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7105
7106 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
7107
7108 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
7109 as the final argument." t nil)
7110
7111 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
7112 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
7113 and run dired on those files.
7114 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
7115 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7116
7117 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
7118
7119 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
7120 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
7121 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7122
7123 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
7124
7125 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
7126
7127 ;;;***
7128 \f
7129 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
7130 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
7131 ;;;;;; (15170 38277))
7132 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
7133
7134 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
7135 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7136 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
7137
7138 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
7139
7140 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7141 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7142 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
7143
7144 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
7145 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
7146
7147 Variables of interest include:
7148
7149 - `ff-case-fold-search'
7150 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
7151 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
7152
7153 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
7154 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
7155 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
7156
7157 - `ff-ignore-include'
7158 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
7159
7160 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
7161 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
7162
7163 - `ff-quiet-mode'
7164 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
7165
7166 - `ff-special-constructs'
7167 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
7168 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
7169 extracting the filename from that construct.
7170
7171 - `ff-other-file-alist'
7172 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
7173
7174 - `ff-search-directories'
7175 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
7176 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
7177
7178 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
7179 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
7180
7181 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
7182 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
7183
7184 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
7185 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
7186
7187 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
7188 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
7189
7190 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
7191 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
7192
7193 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7194 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
7195
7196 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
7197 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
7198
7199 ;;;***
7200 \f
7201 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
7202 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
7203 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
7204 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
7205 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
7206 ;;;;;; (15187 6159))
7207 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
7208
7209 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
7210 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
7211
7212 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
7213 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7214 not selected.
7215
7216 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
7217 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
7218 in `load-path'." nil nil)
7219
7220 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
7221 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
7222
7223 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
7224 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
7225 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7226 it is one of the current buffers.
7227
7228 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
7229 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7230 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7231
7232 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
7233 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7234
7235 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7236
7237 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7238 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7239
7240 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7241
7242 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
7243 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
7244
7245 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
7246 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7247 not selected.
7248
7249 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7250 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
7251
7252 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
7253 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
7254
7255 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
7256 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
7257 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7258 it is one of the current buffers.
7259
7260 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7261 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7262 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7263
7264 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
7265 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7266
7267 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7268
7269 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7270 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7271
7272 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7273
7274 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
7275 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
7276 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
7277
7278 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
7279 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7280
7281 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
7282 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7283
7284 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
7285 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
7286
7287 ;;;***
7288 \f
7289 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
7290 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15187 6158))
7291 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
7292
7293 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
7294 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP." t nil)
7295
7296 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
7297 Find all subdirectories of DIR." t nil)
7298
7299 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
7300 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP." t nil)
7301
7302 ;;;***
7303 \f
7304 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
7305 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15187 6158))
7306 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
7307
7308 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
7309 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
7310
7311 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
7312 Display FILE's commentary section.
7313 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
7314
7315 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
7316 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
7317
7318 ;;;***
7319 \f
7320 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7321 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
7322 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7323
7324 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7325 Toggle flow control handling.
7326 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7327 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7328
7329 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7330 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7331 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7332 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7333 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7334 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7335
7336 ;;;***
7337 \f
7338 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
7339 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
7340 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15187 6162))
7341 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7342
7343 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7344 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7345 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7346
7347 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7348 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7349
7350 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7351
7352 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7353 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7354 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7355 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7356 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7357 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7358
7359 Bindings:
7360 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7361 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7362 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7363
7364 Hooks:
7365 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
7366
7367 Remark:
7368 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7369 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7370 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7371
7372 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7373 consider adding:
7374 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7375 in your .emacs file.
7376
7377 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
7378
7379 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7380
7381 (if (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flyspell-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)) minor-mode-alist))) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-map-alist) (setq minor-mode-map-alist (cons (cons (quote flyspell-mode) flyspell-mode-map) minor-mode-map-alist))))
7382
7383 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7384 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7385
7386 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
7387 Flyspell text between BEG and END." t nil)
7388
7389 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
7390 Flyspell whole buffer." t nil)
7391
7392 ;;;***
7393 \f
7394 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7395 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7396 ;;;;;; (15187 6158))
7397 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7398
7399 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7400 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7401
7402 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7403 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7404
7405 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7406 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7407
7408 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7409 of two major techniques:
7410
7411 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7412 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7413 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7414
7415 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7416 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7417 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7418 movement commands.
7419
7420 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7421 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7422 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7423 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7424 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7425 mileage may vary).
7426
7427 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7428 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7429
7430 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7431
7432 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7433 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7434 \(This is the default.)
7435
7436 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7437 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7438
7439 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7440 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7441
7442 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7443 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7444
7445 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7446 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7447 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7448 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7449 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7450 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7451
7452 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7453 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7454 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7455
7456 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7457 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7458 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7459
7460 ;;;***
7461 \f
7462 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
7463 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock
7464 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15170 56966))
7465 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7466
7467 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults))
7468
7469 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7470 Toggle Font Lock mode.
7471 With arg, turn Font Lock mode off if and only if arg is a non-positive
7472 number; if arg is nil, toggle Font Lock mode; anything else turns Font
7473 Lock on.
7474 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".)
7475
7476 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
7477
7478 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
7479 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
7480 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
7481 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7482
7483 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
7484 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face].
7485
7486 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
7487 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7488
7489 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
7490
7491 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
7492 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
7493 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7494
7495 (global-font-lock-mode t)
7496
7497 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
7498 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
7499 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
7500 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
7501 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
7502 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
7503
7504 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
7505 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
7506
7507 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
7508 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
7509
7510 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
7511 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
7512 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
7513
7514 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
7515 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
7516
7517 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
7518 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
7519 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
7520
7521 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
7522 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
7523 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
7524
7525 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
7526 Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it)." nil nil)
7527
7528 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7529 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7530 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7531 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7532 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7533 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7534 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7535 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7536 end of the current highlighting list.
7537
7538 For example:
7539
7540 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7541 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7542 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7543
7544 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7545 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7546
7547 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7548 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7549 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
7550
7551 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7552 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7553 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7554
7555 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7556 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7557
7558 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7559 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
7560
7561 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7562 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7563 subtle problems due to details of the implementation." nil nil)
7564
7565 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
7566 Non-nil if Global-Font-Lock mode is enabled.
7567 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7568 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7569 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
7570
7571 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7572
7573 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
7574
7575 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7576 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer.
7577 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7578 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
7579 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
7580
7581 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7582 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7583
7584 ;;;***
7585 \f
7586 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7587 ;;;;;; (15186 41421))
7588 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7589
7590 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7591 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7592 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7593 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7594 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7595
7596 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7597 compatibility.
7598
7599 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7600 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7601
7602 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7603
7604 ;;;***
7605 \f
7606 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15187
7607 ;;;;;; 6159))
7608 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7609
7610 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7611 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7612 \\<message-mode-map>
7613 key binding
7614 --- -------
7615
7616 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7617 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7618 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7619 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7620 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7621 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7622 " t nil)
7623
7624 ;;;***
7625 \f
7626 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7627 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15187 6158))
7628 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7629
7630 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7631 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7632
7633 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7634 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7635 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7636 C-c < forms-first-record <
7637 C-c > forms-last-record >
7638 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7639 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7640 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7641 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7642 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7643 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7644 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7645 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7646 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7647 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7648 " t nil)
7649
7650 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7651 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7652
7653 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7654 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7655
7656 ;;;***
7657 \f
7658 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7659 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15187 6160))
7660 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7661
7662 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7663 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7664 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7665 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7666 with a character in column 6.")
7667
7668 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7669 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7670 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7671 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7672
7673 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7674 Fortran keywords.
7675
7676 Key definitions:
7677 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7678
7679 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7680
7681 `comment-start'
7682 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7683 set this to the string \"!\".
7684 `fortran-do-indent'
7685 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7686 `fortran-if-indent'
7687 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7688 `fortran-structure-indent'
7689 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7690 (default 3)
7691 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7692 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7693 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7694 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7695 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7696 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7697 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7698 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7699 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7700 (for TAB format continuation style).
7701 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7702 indentation for a line of code.
7703 (default 'fixed)
7704 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7705 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7706 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7707 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7708 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7709 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7710 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7711 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7712 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7713 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7714 column 5. (default 1)
7715 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7716 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
7717 statements. (default nil)
7718 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
7719 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
7720 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
7721 statement. (default nil)
7722 `fortran-continuation-string'
7723 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
7724 line. (default \"$\")
7725 `fortran-comment-region'
7726 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
7727 region. (default \"c$$$\")
7728 `fortran-electric-line-number'
7729 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
7730 as typed. (default t)
7731 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
7732 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
7733 (default t)
7734
7735 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
7736 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7737
7738 ;;;***
7739 \f
7740 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
7741 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15187 6160))
7742 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
7743
7744 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
7745 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
7746
7747 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
7748 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
7749
7750 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
7751 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
7752
7753 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
7754 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
7755
7756 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
7757 Compile fortune file.
7758
7759 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
7760 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories." t nil)
7761
7762 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
7763 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
7764
7765 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
7766 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
7767 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
7768 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
7769
7770 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
7771 Display a fortune cookie.
7772
7773 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
7774 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
7775 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
7776 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
7777
7778 ;;;***
7779 \f
7780 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
7781 ;;;;;; (15187 6158))
7782 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
7783
7784 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
7785 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
7786
7787 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
7788 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
7789
7790 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
7791 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
7792 function.
7793
7794 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
7795 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
7796 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
7797 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
7798 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
7799 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
7800
7801 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
7802 Each keyword should be a string.
7803
7804 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
7805 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
7806
7807 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
7808 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
7809 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
7810
7811 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
7812
7813 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
7814
7815 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
7816 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
7817 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
7818 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
7819
7820 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
7821 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
7822
7823 ;;;***
7824 \f
7825 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
7826 ;;;;;; (15158 65046))
7827 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
7828
7829 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
7830 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
7831 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
7832 at places they belong to." t nil)
7833
7834 ;;;***
7835 \f
7836 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
7837 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15170 38278))
7838 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
7839
7840 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
7841 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
7842
7843 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
7844 Read network news.
7845 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7846 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
7847 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7848 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
7849 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
7850
7851 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
7852 Read news as a slave." t nil)
7853
7854 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
7855 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
7856
7857 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
7858 Read network news.
7859 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7860 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7861 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
7862
7863 ;;;***
7864 \f
7865 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
7866 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
7867 ;;;;;; (15186 41421))
7868 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
7869
7870 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7871 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
7872
7873 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7874 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
7875
7876 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
7877 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
7878 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
7879 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
7880
7881 \(gnus-agentize)
7882
7883 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
7884 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
7885 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
7886
7887 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
7888 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
7889
7890 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
7891
7892 ;;;***
7893 \f
7894 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
7895 ;;;;;; (15186 41421))
7896 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
7897
7898 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
7899 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
7900
7901 ;;;***
7902 \f
7903 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
7904 ;;;;;; (15186 41421))
7905 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
7906
7907 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
7908 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
7909
7910 ;;;***
7911 \f
7912 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
7913 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14862
7914 ;;;;;; 37896))
7915 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
7916
7917 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
7918 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
7919
7920 Usage:
7921 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
7922
7923 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
7924 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
7925
7926 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
7927 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
7928
7929 ;;;***
7930 \f
7931 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
7932 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14875 56834))
7933 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
7934
7935 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
7936 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
7937 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
7938
7939 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
7940 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
7941
7942 ;;;***
7943 \f
7944 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
7945 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
7946 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
7947
7948 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
7949
7950 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
7951 Run batched scoring.
7952 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
7953
7954 ;;;***
7955 \f
7956 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
7957 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15186 41421))
7958 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
7959
7960 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
7961
7962 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
7963 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
7964
7965 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
7966
7967 ;;;***
7968 \f
7969 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
7970 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
7971 ;;;;;; (15186 41421))
7972 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
7973
7974 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7975 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
7976 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
7977 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
7978 group parameters.
7979
7980 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
7981 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
7982 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
7983 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
7984
7985 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
7986 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
7987 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
7988 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
7989 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
7990 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
7991 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
7992 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
7993 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
7994 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
7995
7996 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7997 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
7998 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
7999
8000 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
8001 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
8002
8003 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8004 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8005 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
8006
8007 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
8008
8009 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8010 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. It
8011 can be embedded into nnmail-split-fancy lists with the SPLIT
8012
8013 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
8014
8015 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
8016 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
8017 existing groups are considered.
8018
8019 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
8020 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
8021 returned.
8022
8023 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
8024 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
8025 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
8026 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
8027 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
8028 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
8029 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
8030 clauses will be generated.
8031
8032 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
8033 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
8034 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
8035 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
8036 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
8037 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
8038
8039 For example, given the following group parameters:
8040
8041 nnml:mail.bar:
8042 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
8043 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
8044 nnml:mail.foo:
8045 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
8046 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
8047 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
8048 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
8049 nnml:mail.others:
8050 \((split-spec . catch-all))
8051
8052 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
8053
8054 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
8055 \"mail.bar\")
8056 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
8057 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
8058 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
8059
8060 ;;;***
8061 \f
8062 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
8063 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
8064 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
8065
8066 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
8067 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
8068 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
8069
8070 ;;;***
8071 \f
8072 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (14915
8073 ;;;;;; 6802))
8074 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
8075
8076 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
8077 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
8078 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
8079 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
8080
8081 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
8082
8083 ;;;***
8084 \f
8085 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
8086 ;;;;;; (15186 41421))
8087 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
8088
8089 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
8090 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
8091 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
8092 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
8093 part is ignored.
8094
8095 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
8096 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
8097 rather than using this function." nil nil)
8098
8099 ;;;***
8100 \f
8101 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
8102 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
8103 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
8104
8105 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
8106 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
8107 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
8108 for matching on group names.
8109
8110 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
8111 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
8112
8113 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
8114
8115 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
8116
8117 ;;;***
8118 \f
8119 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
8120 ;;;;;; (14862 37897))
8121 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
8122
8123 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
8124 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
8125
8126 ;;;***
8127 \f
8128 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
8129 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14862 37897))
8130 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
8131
8132 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
8133 Unload all Gnus features.
8134 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
8135 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
8136 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
8137
8138 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
8139 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
8140
8141 ;;;***
8142 \f
8143 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
8144 ;;;;;; (14955 64850))
8145 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
8146
8147 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
8148 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
8149
8150 ;;;***
8151 \f
8152 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (15149 49403))
8153 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
8154
8155 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
8156 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
8157 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
8158 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
8159 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
8160
8161 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
8162 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
8163 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
8164
8165 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
8166 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
8167 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8168
8169 ;;;***
8170 \f
8171 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
8172 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15186 41423))
8173 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
8174
8175 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
8176 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
8177 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
8178 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8179 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
8180
8181 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
8182 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
8183 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
8184 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8185 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
8186
8187 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
8188 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
8189 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
8190 or to send e-mail.
8191 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
8192
8193 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
8194 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
8195
8196 ;;;***
8197 \f
8198 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15186 41418))
8199 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
8200
8201 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
8202 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
8203 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
8204 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
8205 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
8206
8207 ;;;***
8208 \f
8209 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
8210 ;;;;;; (15186 41418))
8211 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
8212
8213 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
8214 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8215 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8216 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8217
8218 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
8219 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8220 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8221 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8222
8223 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
8224 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8225 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8226 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8227
8228 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
8229 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8230 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8231 and source-file directory for your debugger.
8232
8233 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
8234 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
8235
8236 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
8237 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8238 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8239 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8240
8241 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
8242 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
8243 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8244 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8245
8246 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
8247 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
8248 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
8249 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
8250 between it and it's value." t nil)
8251 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
8252
8253 ;;;***
8254 \f
8255 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15187
8256 ;;;;;; 6160))
8257 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
8258
8259 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
8260 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
8261 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
8262 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
8263
8264 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
8265 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
8266 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
8267 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
8268
8269 ;;;***
8270 \f
8271 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
8272 ;;;;;; (15186 41424))
8273 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
8274
8275 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
8276 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
8277
8278 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
8279 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
8280 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
8281 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
8282
8283 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
8284
8285 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
8286 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
8287 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
8288 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
8289 to be updated." t nil)
8290
8291 ;;;***
8292 \f
8293 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
8294 ;;;;;; (15186 41418))
8295 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
8296
8297 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
8298 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
8299 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
8300 and window listing and describing the options.
8301 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
8302 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
8303
8304 ;;;***
8305 \f
8306 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
8307 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15186 41419))
8308 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
8309
8310 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
8311 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
8312
8313 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
8314 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
8315
8316 ;;;***
8317 \f
8318 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
8319 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15186 41418))
8320 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
8321
8322 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
8323 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
8324 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
8325 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
8326 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
8327
8328 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
8329 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
8330
8331 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
8332 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
8333 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
8334 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
8335
8336 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
8337 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
8338 periods.
8339
8340 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
8341 in hexl format.
8342
8343 A sample format:
8344
8345 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
8346 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
8347 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
8348 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
8349 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
8350 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
8351 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
8352 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
8353 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
8354 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
8355 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
8356 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
8357 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
8358 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
8359 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
8360
8361 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
8362 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
8363 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
8364
8365 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
8366 also supported.
8367
8368 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
8369
8370 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
8371 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
8372 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
8373
8374 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
8375 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
8376 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
8377
8378 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
8379 into the buffer at the current point.
8380
8381 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
8382 into the buffer at the current point.
8383
8384 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
8385 into the buffer at the current point.
8386
8387 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8388
8389 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8390 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8391
8392 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8393
8394 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8395
8396 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8397 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8398 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8399
8400 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8401 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8402 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8403
8404 ;;;***
8405 \f
8406 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8407 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
8408 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15187
8409 ;;;;;; 6158))
8410 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8411
8412 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8413
8414 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8415 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8416
8417 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8418
8419 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8420
8421 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8422 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8423
8424 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8425 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
8426 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8427 which can be called interactively, are:
8428
8429 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8430 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8431
8432 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
8433 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
8434 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
8435 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
8436
8437 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8438 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8439
8440 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8441 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8442
8443 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8444 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8445 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8446 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8447 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8448 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8449
8450 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8451 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8452
8453 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8454 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8455 Hi-lock: FOO
8456 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8457 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8458 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8459 will be read until
8460 Hi-lock: end
8461 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8462
8463 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8464
8465 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8466 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
8467
8468 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8469 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8470 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8471 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8472
8473 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8474
8475 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8476 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
8477
8478 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8479 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8480 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8481 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8482
8483 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
8484
8485 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8486 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
8487
8488 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
8489 lower-case letters made case insensitive." t nil)
8490
8491 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8492
8493 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8494 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8495
8496 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8497 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8498 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8499 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8500 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8501
8502 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8503 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8504
8505 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8506 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8507 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8508
8509 ;;;***
8510 \f
8511 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8512 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15186 41424))
8513 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8514
8515 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
8516 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
8517
8518 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8519 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8520 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8521 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8522 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8523 how the hiding is done:
8524
8525 hide-ifdef-env
8526 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8527 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8528 is used.
8529
8530 hide-ifdef-define-alist
8531 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8532 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8533 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8534 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8535
8536 hide-ifdef-lines
8537 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8538 #endif lines when hiding.
8539
8540 hide-ifdef-initially
8541 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8542 is activated.
8543
8544 hide-ifdef-read-only
8545 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8546 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8547
8548 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8549
8550 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8551 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8552
8553 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8554 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8555
8556 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8557 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8558
8559 ;;;***
8560 \f
8561 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8562 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15186 41424))
8563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8564
8565 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8566 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8567
8568 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8569 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8570 Each element has the form
8571 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8572
8573 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8574 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
8575
8576 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
8577 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
8578
8579 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
8580 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
8581 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
8582 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
8583 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
8584
8585 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
8586 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
8587
8588 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
8589 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
8590
8591 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
8592 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
8593 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
8594
8595 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
8596 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
8597 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8598 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
8599 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
8600 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
8601
8602 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
8603 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
8604 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
8605
8606 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
8607 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
8608
8609 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
8610
8611 Key bindings:
8612 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
8613
8614 ;;;***
8615 \f
8616 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
8617 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
8618 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
8619 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15187 6158))
8620 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
8621
8622 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
8623
8624 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
8625 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
8626 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
8627
8628 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
8629 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
8630
8631 Without an argument:
8632 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
8633 or passive state as determined by the variable
8634 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
8635 and passive state.
8636
8637 With an argument ARG:
8638 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
8639 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
8640 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
8641
8642 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
8643 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
8644 not displayed in a different face.
8645
8646 Functions:
8647 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
8648 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
8649 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
8650 buffer with the contents of a file
8651 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
8652 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
8653 various faces.
8654
8655 Hook variables:
8656 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
8657 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
8658 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8659
8660 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8661 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8662
8663 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8664 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8665
8666 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
8667 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
8668
8669 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
8670 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
8671 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
8672 shown in the last face in the list.
8673
8674 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
8675 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
8676 buffer to be saved):
8677
8678 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
8679
8680 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
8681 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
8682
8683 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
8684 and must not be read-only.
8685
8686 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
8687 this function is called interactively.
8688
8689 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
8690 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
8691 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
8692
8693 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
8694 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
8695 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
8696
8697 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
8698 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
8699
8700 When called interactively:
8701 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
8702 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
8703 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
8704 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
8705
8706 When called from a program:
8707 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
8708 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
8709 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
8710 - otherwise just turn it on
8711
8712 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
8713 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
8714 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
8715 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
8716
8717 ;;;***
8718 \f
8719 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
8720 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
8721 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
8722 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
8723 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15187 6158))
8724 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
8725
8726 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
8727 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
8728 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
8729 or insert functions in this list.")
8730
8731 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
8732 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
8733
8734 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
8735 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
8736
8737 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
8738 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
8739
8740 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
8741 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
8742
8743 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
8744 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
8745 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
8746
8747 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
8748 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
8749 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8750 \(as atoms)")
8751
8752 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
8753 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
8754 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8755 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
8756 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
8757
8758 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
8759 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
8760 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
8761 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
8762 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
8763 expansions.
8764 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
8765 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
8766 undoes the expansion." t nil)
8767
8768 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
8769 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
8770 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
8771 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
8772
8773 ;;;***
8774 \f
8775 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (14932 18342))
8776 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
8777
8778 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
8779 Toggle Hl-Line mode on or off.
8780 See the command `hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8781 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8782 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.")
8783
8784 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8785
8786 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
8787
8788 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
8789 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
8790 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8791 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
8792 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
8793
8794 ;;;***
8795 \f
8796 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
8797 ;;;;;; (15098 25848))
8798 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
8799
8800 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
8801 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
8802 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
8803
8804 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
8805
8806 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
8807 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
8808
8809 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
8810 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
8811
8812 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
8813
8814 ;;;***
8815 \f
8816 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
8817 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14900 43616))
8818 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
8819
8820 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
8821 This function is obsolete.
8822 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8823 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
8824
8825 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
8826 This function is obsolete.
8827 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8828 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
8829
8830 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
8831 This function is obsolete.
8832 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8833 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
8834
8835 ;;;***
8836 \f
8837 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
8838 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15049 57897))
8839 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
8840
8841 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
8842 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
8843 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
8844
8845 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
8846 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
8847 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
8848
8849 ;;;***
8850 \f
8851 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14854 32223))
8852 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
8853
8854 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
8855 Major mode for editing Icon code.
8856 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
8857 Tab indents for Icon code.
8858 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
8859 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
8860 \\{icon-mode-map}
8861 Variables controlling indentation style:
8862 icon-tab-always-indent
8863 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
8864 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
8865 icon-auto-newline
8866 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
8867 inserted in Icon code.
8868 icon-indent-level
8869 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
8870 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
8871 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
8872 icon-continued-statement-offset
8873 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
8874 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
8875 icon-continued-brace-offset
8876 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
8877 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
8878 icon-brace-offset
8879 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
8880 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
8881 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
8882 this far to the right of the start of its line.
8883
8884 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
8885 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
8886
8887 ;;;***
8888 \f
8889 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
8890 ;;;;;; (15187 6160))
8891 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
8892
8893 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
8894 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
8895 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
8896 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
8897
8898 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
8899 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
8900 separate frames.
8901
8902 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
8903
8904 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
8905 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
8906 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
8907
8908 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8909
8910 ;;;***
8911 \f
8912 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
8913 ;;;;;; (15187 6160))
8914 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
8915
8916 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
8917 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
8918
8919 The main features of this mode are
8920
8921 1. Indentation and Formatting
8922 --------------------------
8923 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
8924 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
8925
8926 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
8927 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
8928 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
8929 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
8930
8931 Comments are indented as follows:
8932
8933 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
8934 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
8935 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
8936
8937 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
8938
8939 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
8940 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
8941 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
8942 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
8943 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
8944
8945 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
8946 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
8947 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
8948
8949 2. Routine Info
8950 ------------
8951 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
8952 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
8953 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
8954 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
8955 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
8956 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
8957 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
8958
8959 3. Online IDL Help
8960 ---------------
8961 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
8962 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
8963 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
8964 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
8965 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
8966
8967 4. Completion
8968 ----------
8969 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
8970 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
8971 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
8972 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
8973 mixed or upper case.
8974
8975 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
8976 --------------------------------
8977 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
8978 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
8979
8980 \\pr PROCEDURE template
8981 \\fu FUNCTION template
8982 \\c CASE statement template
8983 \\sw SWITCH statement template
8984 \\f FOR loop template
8985 \\r REPEAT Loop template
8986 \\w WHILE loop template
8987 \\i IF statement template
8988 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
8989 \\b BEGIN
8990
8991 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
8992 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
8993
8994 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
8995 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
8996 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
8997
8998 6. Automatic Case Conversion
8999 -------------------------
9000 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
9001 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
9002
9003 7. Automatic END completion
9004 ------------------------
9005 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
9006 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
9007
9008 8. Hooks
9009 -----
9010 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
9011 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
9012
9013 9. Documentation and Customization
9014 -------------------------------
9015 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
9016 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
9017 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
9018 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
9019 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
9020
9021 10.Keybindings
9022 -----------
9023 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
9024 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
9025 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
9026
9027 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
9028
9029 ;;;***
9030 \f
9031 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (14821 31346))
9032 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
9033 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
9034
9035 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
9036 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
9037 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
9038
9039 ;;;***
9040 \f
9041 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
9042 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
9043 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15041 56164))
9044 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
9045
9046 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
9047 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
9048 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
9049 be determined." nil nil)
9050
9051 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
9052 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
9053 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
9054 be determined." nil nil)
9055
9056 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
9057 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
9058 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
9059
9060 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
9061 Create an image.
9062 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
9063 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
9064 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
9065 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
9066 use its file extension as image type.
9067 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
9068 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
9069 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
9070 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
9071
9072 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
9073 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
9074 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
9075 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
9076 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
9077 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
9078 POS may be an integer or marker.
9079 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9080 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9081 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9082 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9083
9084 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
9085 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
9086 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
9087 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
9088 defaulted if you omit it.
9089 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9090 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9091 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9092 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9093
9094 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
9095 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
9096 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
9097 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
9098
9099 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
9100 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
9101
9102 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
9103
9104 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9105 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9106 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9107 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9108 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9109 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
9110 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
9111 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
9112 satisfied.
9113
9114 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
9115
9116 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
9117 Define SYMBOL as an image.
9118
9119 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
9120 documentation string.
9121
9122 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9123 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9124 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9125 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9126 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9127 string containing the actual image data. The first image
9128 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
9129 define SYMBOL.
9130
9131 Example:
9132
9133 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
9134 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
9135
9136 ;;;***
9137 \f
9138 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
9139 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
9140 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (14994 15539))
9141 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
9142
9143 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm")) "\
9144 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
9145 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
9146 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
9147
9148 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
9149 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9150 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
9151 variable is set using \\[customize].")
9152
9153 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
9154 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
9155 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
9156 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
9157
9158 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
9159 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9160 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
9161 variable is set using \\[customize].")
9162
9163 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
9164 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
9165
9166 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
9167 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
9168 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
9169 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
9170
9171 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
9172 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
9173 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9174 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9175 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
9176
9177 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9178
9179 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
9180
9181 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
9182 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
9183 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
9184 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
9185
9186 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
9187 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
9188 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
9189
9190 ;;;***
9191 \f
9192 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
9193 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15186 41418))
9194 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
9195
9196 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
9197 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
9198
9199 Affects only the mouse index menu.
9200
9201 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
9202 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
9203 in the buffer.
9204
9205 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
9206
9207 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
9208 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
9209 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
9210
9211 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
9212 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
9213
9214 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
9215 to create a buffer index.
9216
9217 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
9218 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
9219 or like this:
9220 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9221 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
9222 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
9223 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9224 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
9225
9226 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
9227 entries are not nested.
9228
9229 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
9230 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
9231 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
9232 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
9233
9234 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
9235 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
9236
9237 The variable is buffer-local.
9238
9239 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
9240 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
9241 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
9242
9243 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
9244 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
9245 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
9246 during matching.")
9247
9248 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
9249
9250 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
9251 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
9252
9253 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
9254 of the current buffer as an alist.
9255
9256 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
9257 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
9258 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
9259 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
9260 if it is a sub-alist.
9261
9262 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
9263
9264 The variable is buffer-local.")
9265
9266 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
9267
9268 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
9269 Function for finding the next index position.
9270
9271 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
9272 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
9273 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
9274 file.
9275
9276 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
9277 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
9278
9279 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9280
9281 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
9282
9283 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
9284 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
9285
9286 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
9287 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
9288 It should return the name for that index item.
9289
9290 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9291
9292 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
9293
9294 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
9295 Function to compare string with index item.
9296
9297 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
9298 non-nil if they match.
9299
9300 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
9301 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
9302 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
9303 arguments match\".
9304
9305 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9306
9307 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
9308
9309 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
9310 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
9311 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
9312
9313 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
9314
9315 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
9316
9317 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
9318
9319 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
9320 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
9321 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
9322 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
9323
9324 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
9325 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
9326
9327 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
9328
9329 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
9330 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
9331 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
9332 for more information." t nil)
9333
9334 ;;;***
9335 \f
9336 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
9337 ;;;;;; (14821 31354))
9338 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
9339
9340 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
9341 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
9342 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
9343 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
9344 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
9345
9346 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
9347 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
9348
9349 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
9350 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
9351 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
9352 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
9353 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
9354 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
9355 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
9356 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
9357
9358 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
9359 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
9360 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
9361 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
9362 Inferior Lisp buffer.
9363
9364 This variable is only used if the variable
9365 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
9366
9367 More precise choices:
9368 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
9369 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
9370 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
9371
9372 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
9373
9374 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
9375 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
9376
9377 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
9378 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
9379 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
9380 to that buffer.
9381 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
9382 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
9383 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
9384 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9385 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
9386
9387 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
9388
9389 ;;;***
9390 \f
9391 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
9392 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
9393 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (15186 41418))
9394 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
9395
9396 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
9397 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
9398 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
9399
9400 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
9401 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
9402 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
9403 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
9404 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
9405 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
9406
9407 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
9408 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
9409
9410 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
9411 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
9412 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
9413
9414 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
9415 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
9416 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
9417 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
9418
9419 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
9420 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
9421
9422 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
9423 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
9424 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9425 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9426 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9427
9428 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
9429 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
9430 KEY is a string.
9431 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
9432 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9433 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9434 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9435
9436 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
9437 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
9438 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
9439
9440 ;;;***
9441 \f
9442 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
9443 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
9444 ;;;;;; (15187 6158))
9445 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
9446
9447 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
9448 Throw away all cached data.
9449 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
9450 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
9451 system." t nil)
9452
9453 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
9454 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
9455 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
9456 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
9457 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9458 The default symbol is the one found at point.
9459
9460 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
9461
9462 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
9463 Display the documentation of a file.
9464 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
9465 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
9466 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9467 The default file name is the one found at point.
9468
9469 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
9470
9471 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
9472 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
9473
9474 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
9475 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
9476
9477 ;;;***
9478 \f
9479 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
9480 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15186 41418))
9481 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
9482
9483 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
9484 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
9485
9486 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
9487 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
9488 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
9489
9490 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
9491 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
9492 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
9493
9494 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
9495 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
9496 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
9497 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
9498
9499 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
9500 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
9501 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
9502
9503 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
9504 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
9505 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
9506 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
9507 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
9508
9509 ;;;***
9510 \f
9511 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
9512 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
9513 ;;;;;; (15187 6159))
9514 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
9515
9516 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9517 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
9518
9519 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9520 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
9521
9522 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
9523
9524 ;;;***
9525 \f
9526 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
9527 ;;;;;; (14388 11031))
9528 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
9529
9530 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
9531 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
9532 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
9533 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
9534 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
9535 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
9536
9537 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
9538 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
9539
9540 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
9541 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
9542 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
9543 \"s gives German sharp s.
9544 /a gives a with ring.
9545 /e gives an a-e ligature.
9546 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
9547 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
9548 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
9549
9550 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
9551 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
9552
9553 ;;;***
9554 \f
9555 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
9556 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
9557 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
9558 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15187 6159))
9559 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
9560
9561 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
9562 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
9563 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9564 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9565
9566 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
9567 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
9568 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9569 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9570
9571 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
9572 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
9573 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9574 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9575
9576 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9577 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9578 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9579 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9580
9581 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9582 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9583 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9584 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9585
9586 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
9587 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9588 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9589 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9590
9591 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
9592 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9593 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9594 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9595
9596 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
9597 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
9598 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9599 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9600
9601 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9602 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9603 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9604 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9605
9606 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9607 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
9608
9609 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9610 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
9611
9612 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
9613 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
9614
9615 ;;;***
9616 \f
9617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
9618 ;;;;;; (15186 41421))
9619 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
9620 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
9621 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
9622 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
9623
9624 ;;;***
9625 \f
9626 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
9627 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
9628 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
9629 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
9630 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
9631 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15187 6162))
9632 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
9633
9634 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
9635 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
9636
9637 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9638 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
9639
9640 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9641 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
9642
9643 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
9644 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
9645 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
9646 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
9647
9648 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
9649 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
9650 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
9651
9652 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
9653
9654 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
9655
9656 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
9657
9658 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
9659
9660 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
9661
9662 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2))))
9663
9664 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
9665 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
9666
9667 Each element of this list is also a list:
9668
9669 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
9670 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
9671
9672 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
9673 nil means the default dictionary.
9674
9675 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
9676 word.
9677
9678 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
9679
9680 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
9681 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
9682 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
9683 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
9684 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
9685 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
9686 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
9687 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
9688 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
9689
9690 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
9691 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
9692 single word.
9693
9694 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
9695 subprocess.
9696
9697 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
9698 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
9699 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
9700 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
9701 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
9702 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
9703 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
9704 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
9705
9706 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
9707
9708 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
9709 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
9710 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
9711
9712 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
9713 Key map for ispell menu.")
9714
9715 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
9716 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
9717 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
9718 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
9719
9720 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
9721
9722 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
9723
9724 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
9725
9726 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
9727
9728 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
9729
9730 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
9731 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
9732 The alist key must be a regular expression.
9733 Valid forms include:
9734 (KEY) - just skip the key.
9735 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
9736 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
9737 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
9738
9739 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
9740 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
9741 First list is used raw.
9742 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
9743
9744 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
9745 for skipping in latex mode.")
9746
9747 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
9748
9749 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
9750 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
9751 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
9752 in a window allowing you to choose one.
9753
9754 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
9755 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
9756 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
9757 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
9758 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
9759
9760 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
9761 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
9762
9763 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
9764
9765 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
9766 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
9767
9768 return values:
9769 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
9770 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
9771 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
9772 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
9773 quit spell session exited." t nil)
9774
9775 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
9776 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
9777 If so, ask if it needs to be saved." t nil)
9778
9779 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
9780 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
9781
9782 Selections are:
9783
9784 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
9785 SPC: Accept word this time.
9786 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
9787 `a': Accept word for this session.
9788 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
9789 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
9790 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
9791 `?': Show these commands.
9792 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
9793 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
9794 the aborted check to be completed later.
9795 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
9796 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
9797 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
9798 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
9799 `C-l': redraws screen
9800 `C-r': recursive edit
9801 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
9802
9803 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
9804 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
9805 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
9806
9807 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
9808 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
9809 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
9810
9811 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
9812
9813 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary." t nil)
9814
9815 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
9816 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
9817 Return nil if spell session is quit,
9818 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
9819
9820 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
9821 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
9822
9823 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
9824 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
9825
9826 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
9827 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
9828
9829 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
9830 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
9831 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
9832 sequence inside of a word.
9833
9834 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
9835
9836 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
9837 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
9838
9839 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
9840 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
9841 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
9842 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
9843
9844 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
9845 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
9846 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
9847 available on the net." t nil)
9848
9849 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
9850 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
9851 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
9852
9853 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
9854 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
9855
9856 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
9857 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
9858
9859 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
9860 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
9861 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
9862 Don't check included messages.
9863
9864 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
9865 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
9866 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
9867
9868 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
9869 in your .emacs file:
9870 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
9871 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
9872 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
9873 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
9874
9875 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
9876 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
9877 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
9878
9879 ;;;***
9880 \f
9881 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
9882 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
9883 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el"
9884 ;;;;;; (14960 24088))
9885 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
9886
9887 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
9888 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
9889 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9890 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
9891
9892 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9893
9894 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
9895
9896 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9897 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
9898 Return the name of a buffer selected.
9899 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
9900 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
9901 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
9902
9903 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
9904 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
9905 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
9906 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
9907
9908 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
9909
9910 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9911 Switch to another buffer.
9912
9913 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
9914 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
9915 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
9916 in another frame.
9917 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9918
9919 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
9920 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
9921 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9922 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9923
9924 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9925 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
9926 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9927 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9928
9929 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
9930 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
9931 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9932 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9933
9934 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
9935 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
9936 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
9937 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
9938 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
9939
9940 ;;;***
9941 \f
9942 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
9943 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
9944 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
9945 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15186 41422))
9946 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
9947
9948 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
9949
9950 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
9951 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
9952 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9953 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9954 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
9955 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
9956 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
9957 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
9958
9959 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
9960 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
9961 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9962 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
9963
9964 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
9965 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
9966 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9967 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9968 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
9969
9970 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
9971 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
9972 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9973 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
9974
9975 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
9976 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
9977 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
9978 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
9979
9980 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
9981 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
9982
9983 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
9984 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
9985 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
9986 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
9987 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
9988
9989 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
9990 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
9991 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
9992 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
9993 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
9994
9995 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
9996 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
9997 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
9998
9999 ;;;***
10000 \f
10001 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15187
10002 ;;;;;; 6158))
10003 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
10004
10005 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
10006 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
10007 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
10008 that needs to be (re)fontified.
10009 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
10010
10011 ;;;***
10012 \f
10013 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
10014 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15186 41418))
10015 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
10016
10017 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
10018 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
10019 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10020 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10021 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
10022
10023 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10024
10025 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
10026
10027 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10028 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
10029 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
10030 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
10031
10032 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10033 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
10034
10035 ;;;***
10036 \f
10037 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
10038 ;;;;;; (15186 41421))
10039 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
10040
10041 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
10042 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
10043 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
10044
10045 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
10046 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
10047 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
10048 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
10049 shorter.
10050
10051 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
10052 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
10053 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
10054
10055 ;;;***
10056 \f
10057 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15186
10058 ;;;;;; 41421))
10059 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
10060
10061 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
10062 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
10063 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
10064 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
10065 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
10066 positions that contains the current selection.")
10067
10068 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
10069 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
10070 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
10071 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
10072 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
10073 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
10074 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
10075
10076 ;;;***
10077 \f
10078 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
10079 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15186 41422))
10080 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
10081
10082 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
10083 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
10084 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
10085
10086 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
10087
10088 ;;;***
10089 \f
10090 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
10091 ;;;;;; (15187 6160))
10092 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
10093
10094 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
10095
10096 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
10097 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
10098
10099 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
10100
10101 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
10102 Start or resume an Lm game.
10103 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
10104 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
10105
10106 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
10107 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10108 none / 1 | yes | no
10109 2 | yes | yes
10110 3 | no | yes
10111 4 | no | no
10112
10113 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
10114 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
10115 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
10116
10117 ;;;***
10118 \f
10119 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
10120 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
10121 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15186 41422))
10122 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
10123
10124 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
10125
10126 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
10127 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
10128 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
10129 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
10130 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
10131 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
10132
10133 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
10134 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
10135
10136 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
10137 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
10138
10139 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
10140 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
10141 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
10142 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
10143 to compose.
10144
10145 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
10146
10147 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
10148
10149 ;;;***
10150 \f
10151 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
10152 ;;;;;; (15038 62392))
10153 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
10154
10155 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
10156 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
10157 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
10158 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
10159 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
10160 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
10161 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
10162 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
10163
10164 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10165 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
10166
10167 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
10168
10169 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
10170
10171 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
10172 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
10173 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
10174 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
10175 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also `latin1-display-setup'." nil nil)
10176
10177 ;;;***
10178 \f
10179 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
10180 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15186 41418))
10181 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
10182
10183 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
10184 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
10185 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
10186 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10187
10188 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
10189
10190 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
10191
10192 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
10193 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
10194 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
10195 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
10196 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
10197 for large buffers.
10198
10199 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
10200 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
10201 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
10202 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
10203 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
10204
10205 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
10206 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
10207 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
10208 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
10209 slow to keep up with your typing.
10210
10211 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
10212 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
10213 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
10214 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
10215 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
10216 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
10217
10218 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
10219 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
10220 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
10221 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
10222
10223 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
10224 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
10225 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
10226 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
10227
10228 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
10229 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
10230 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
10231 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
10232 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
10233
10234 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
10235 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
10236
10237 ;;;***
10238 \f
10239 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
10240 ;;;;;; (15186 41418))
10241 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
10242
10243 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
10244 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
10245
10246 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
10247 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
10248
10249 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
10250 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
10251
10252 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
10253 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
10254 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
10255 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
10256 for later transmission to Lisp job.
10257 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
10258 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
10259 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
10260 and transmit saved text.
10261 \\{ledit-mode-map}
10262 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
10263 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
10264
10265 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
10266
10267 ;;;***
10268 \f
10269 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15020 64668))
10270 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
10271
10272 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
10273 Run Conway's Life simulation.
10274 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
10275 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
10276 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
10277
10278 ;;;***
10279 \f
10280 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14847
10281 ;;;;;; 14322))
10282 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
10283
10284 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
10285 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
10286 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
10287 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
10288
10289 ;;;***
10290 \f
10291 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
10292 ;;;;;; (14763 31121))
10293 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
10294
10295 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
10296 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
10297 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
10298
10299 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
10300 Run the locate command with a filter.
10301
10302 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
10303 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
10304
10305 ;;;***
10306 \f
10307 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15103 34047))
10308 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
10309
10310 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
10311 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
10312 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
10313 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
10314 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
10315 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
10316 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
10317 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
10318 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
10319 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
10320 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
10321 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
10322 uses the current buffer." nil nil)
10323
10324 ;;;***
10325 \f
10326 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14909
10327 ;;;;;; 56659))
10328 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
10329
10330 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
10331 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
10332
10333 ;;;***
10334 \f
10335 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
10336 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15186
10337 ;;;;;; 41418))
10338 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
10339
10340 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
10341
10342 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
10343
10344 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
10345 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
10346 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
10347
10348 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
10349 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
10350
10351 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
10352 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
10353 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
10354 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
10355 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
10356 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
10357 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
10358
10359 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
10360 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
10361 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
10362 switch on this list.
10363 See `lpr-command'.")
10364
10365 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
10366 *Name of program for printing a file.
10367
10368 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
10369 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
10370 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
10371 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
10372 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
10373 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
10374 argument.")
10375
10376 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
10377 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
10378 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10379 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10380
10381 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
10382 Paginate and print buffer contents.
10383
10384 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10385 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10386 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10387 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10388
10389 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10390 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10391
10392 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10393 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10394
10395 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
10396 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
10397 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10398 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10399
10400 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
10401 Paginate and print the region contents.
10402
10403 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10404 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10405 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10406 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10407
10408 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10409 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10410
10411 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10412 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10413
10414 ;;;***
10415 \f
10416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (15186 41418))
10417 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
10418
10419 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired))
10420
10421 ;;;***
10422 \f
10423 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15186
10424 ;;;;;; 41419))
10425 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
10426
10427 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
10428 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
10429 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
10430
10431 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
10432
10433 ;;;***
10434 \f
10435 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15187
10436 ;;;;;; 6160))
10437 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
10438
10439 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
10440 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
10441 \\{m4-mode-map}
10442 " t nil)
10443
10444 ;;;***
10445 \f
10446 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
10447 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15186 41418))
10448 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
10449
10450 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10451 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
10452 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
10453 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
10454 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
10455
10456 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10457 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
10458 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
10459 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
10460
10461 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
10462 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
10463 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
10464 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
10465 bindings.
10466
10467 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
10468 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
10469
10470 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
10471 Query user during kbd macro execution.
10472 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
10473 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
10474 each time the macro executes.
10475 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
10476 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
10477 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
10478 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
10479 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
10480 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
10481 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
10482
10483 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
10484 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
10485 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
10486
10487 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
10488 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
10489 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
10490 execute.
10491
10492 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
10493 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
10494
10495 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
10496 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
10497 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
10498 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
10499 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
10500
10501 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
10502 looked like this:
10503
10504 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
10505 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
10506 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
10507
10508 You could enter the names in this format:
10509
10510 foo
10511 bar
10512 baz
10513
10514 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
10515
10516 \\C-x (
10517 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
10518 \\C-x )
10519
10520 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
10521 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
10522 " t nil)
10523 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
10524
10525 ;;;***
10526 \f
10527 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
10528 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15186 41422))
10529 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
10530
10531 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
10532 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
10533 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
10534 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
10535
10536 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
10537 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
10538 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
10539 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
10540 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
10541
10542 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
10543 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
10544 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
10545 consing a string.)" nil nil)
10546
10547 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
10548 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
10549
10550 ;;;***
10551 \f
10552 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
10553 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
10554 ;;;;;; (15187 6159))
10555 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
10556
10557 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
10558 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
10559
10560 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
10561
10562 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
10563 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
10564
10565 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
10566 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
10567 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
10568 message.
10569
10570 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
10571
10572 ;;;***
10573 \f
10574 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
10575 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
10576 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14799
10577 ;;;;;; 27006))
10578 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
10579
10580 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
10581 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
10582 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
10583 often correct parser.")
10584
10585 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
10586
10587 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10588 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
10589 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10590 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10591
10592 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10593 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
10594 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10595 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10596
10597 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
10598 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
10599 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10600 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
10601
10602 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
10603 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
10604 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
10605 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
10606 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
10607 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
10608
10609 ;;;***
10610 \f
10611 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
10612 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15186 41422))
10613 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
10614
10615 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
10616 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
10617
10618 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
10619 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
10620 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
10621
10622 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
10623 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
10624 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
10625
10626 ;;;***
10627 \f
10628 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
10629 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
10630 ;;;;;; 15646))
10631 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
10632
10633 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
10634 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
10635 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
10636 king@grassland.com
10637 If `parens', they look like:
10638 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10639 If `angles', they look like:
10640 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
10641
10642 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
10643 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
10644 If interactive, expand in header fields.
10645 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
10646 their `Resent-' variants.
10647
10648 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
10649 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
10650
10651 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
10652 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
10653 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
10654
10655 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
10656 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
10657 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
10658 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
10659
10660 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
10661 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
10662 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
10663 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
10664
10665 ;;;***
10666 \f
10667 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
10668 ;;;;;; (15186 41424))
10669 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
10670
10671 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
10672 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
10673 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
10674
10675 \\{makefile-mode-map}
10676
10677 In the browser, use the following keys:
10678
10679 \\{makefile-browser-map}
10680
10681 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
10682
10683 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
10684 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
10685
10686 makefile-target-colon:
10687 The string that gets appended to all target names
10688 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
10689 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
10690
10691 makefile-macro-assign:
10692 The string that gets appended to all macro names
10693 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
10694 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
10695 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
10696 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
10697 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
10698
10699 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
10700 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
10701 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
10702
10703 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
10704 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
10705
10706 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
10707 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
10708 up or down in the browser.
10709
10710 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
10711 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
10712
10713 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
10714 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
10715
10716 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
10717 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
10718 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
10719 has been selected in the browser.
10720
10721 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
10722 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
10723 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
10724 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
10725 filenames are omitted.
10726
10727 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
10728 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
10729 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
10730 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
10731 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
10732 the backslash itself intact.
10733 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
10734 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
10735
10736 makefile-browser-hook:
10737 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
10738 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
10739
10740 makefile-special-targets-list:
10741 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
10742 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
10743 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
10744
10745 ;;;***
10746 \f
10747 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
10748 ;;;;;; 28917))
10749 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
10750
10751 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
10752 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
10753 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
10754
10755 ;;;***
10756 \f
10757 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15186 41418))
10758 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
10759
10760 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
10761
10762 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
10763 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
10764 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
10765 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
10766 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
10767 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
10768 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
10769
10770 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
10771 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry." t nil)
10772
10773 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
10774 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
10775
10776 ;;;***
10777 \f
10778 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
10779 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
10780 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
10781 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
10782 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
10783 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
10784 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
10785 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
10786 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15029 54050))
10787 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
10788
10789 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
10790 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
10791
10792 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
10793 king@grassland.com
10794 If `parens', they look like:
10795 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10796 If `angles', they look like:
10797 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
10798
10799 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
10800 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
10801
10802 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
10803 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
10804
10805 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
10806 *Local news organization file.")
10807
10808 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
10809 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
10810 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
10811 variable `mail-header-separator'.
10812
10813 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
10814 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
10815 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
10816
10817 See also `send-mail-function'.")
10818
10819 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
10820 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
10821
10822 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
10823 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
10824
10825 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
10826 *Function for citing an original message.
10827 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
10828 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
10829 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
10830
10831 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
10832 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
10833 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
10834 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
10835 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
10836
10837 (defvar message-signature t "\
10838 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
10839 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
10840 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
10841 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
10842
10843 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
10844 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
10845 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
10846 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
10847
10848 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10849
10850 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
10851 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
10852 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
10853 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
10854 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
10855 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
10856 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
10857 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
10858 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
10859 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
10860 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
10861 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
10862 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
10863 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
10864 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
10865 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
10866 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
10867 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
10868 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
10869 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
10870 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
10871 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
10872 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
10873 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
10874 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
10875
10876 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
10877 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10878 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
10879
10880 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
10881 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10882
10883 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
10884 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
10885
10886 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
10887 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
10888
10889 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
10890 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
10891 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
10892
10893 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
10894 Cancel an article you posted.
10895 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
10896
10897 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
10898 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
10899 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
10900 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
10901
10902 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
10903 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
10904
10905 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
10906 Forward the current message via mail.
10907 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
10908 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
10909
10910 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
10911 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
10912
10913 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
10914 Re-mail the current message.
10915 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
10916 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
10917 you." t nil)
10918
10919 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
10920 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
10921
10922 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
10923 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
10924
10925 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
10926 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10927
10928 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
10929 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10930
10931 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
10932 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
10933 Works by overstriking characters.
10934 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10935 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10936
10937 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
10938 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
10939 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10940 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10941
10942 ;;;***
10943 \f
10944 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
10945 ;;;;;; (15187 6160))
10946 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
10947
10948 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10949 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
10950 Special commands:
10951 \\{meta-mode-map}
10952
10953 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
10954 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10955
10956 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10957 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
10958 Special commands:
10959 \\{meta-mode-map}
10960
10961 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
10962 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10963
10964 ;;;***
10965 \f
10966 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
10967 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
10968 ;;;;;; (14862 37898))
10969 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
10970
10971 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
10972 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
10973 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
10974
10975 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
10976 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
10977 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10978 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10979 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10980 redisplayed as output is inserted.
10981 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
10982
10983 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
10984 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
10985 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10986 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10987 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
10988 means current).
10989 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10990 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
10991
10992 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
10993 Process current region through 'metamail'.
10994 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10995 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10996 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
10997 means current).
10998 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10999 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11000
11001 ;;;***
11002 \f
11003 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
11004 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (15186 41422))
11005 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
11006
11007 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
11008 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
11009 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11010 to the MH mail system.
11011
11012 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11013
11014 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
11015 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
11016 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11017 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
11018 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
11019 that want to create a mail buffer.
11020 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
11021
11022 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
11023 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
11024 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11025 to the MH mail system.
11026
11027 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11028
11029 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
11030 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
11031 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
11032 using the MH mail handling system.
11033 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
11034 messages.
11035
11036 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
11037
11038 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
11039
11040 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
11041 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
11042 the yanked message.
11043
11044 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
11045 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
11046 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
11047 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
11048 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
11049
11050 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
11051 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
11052 inserted in a draft letter.
11053
11054 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
11055 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
11056
11057 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
11058
11059 ;;;***
11060 \f
11061 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (15186
11062 ;;;;;; 41422))
11063 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
11064
11065 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
11066 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
11067 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11068 to the MH mail system." t nil)
11069
11070 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
11071 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
11072
11073 ;;;***
11074 \f
11075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (15186 41422))
11076 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
11077
11078 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
11079 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
11080
11081 ;;;***
11082 \f
11083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15186 41422))
11084 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
11085
11086 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11087
11088 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11089
11090 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11091
11092 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11093
11094 ;;;***
11095 \f
11096 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
11097 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15186 41418))
11098 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
11099
11100 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
11101 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
11102 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
11103 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
11104 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
11105 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
11106 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
11107 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
11108 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
11109 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
11110 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
11111
11112 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
11113 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
11114 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
11115 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
11116
11117 ;;;***
11118 \f
11119 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
11120 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (14897 44787))
11121 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
11122
11123 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
11124 Toggle Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode on or off.
11125 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11126 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11127 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
11128
11129 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11130
11131 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
11132
11133 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
11134 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode
11135 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
11136 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
11137 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
11138 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
11139 default indication.
11140
11141 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11142 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11143
11144 ;;;***
11145 \f
11146 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
11147 ;;;;;; (15186 41419))
11148 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
11149
11150 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
11151 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
11152
11153 ;;;***
11154 \f
11155 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
11156 ;;;;;; (15186 41421))
11157 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
11158
11159 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
11160 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
11161 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
11162 the entire message.
11163 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
11164
11165 ;;;***
11166 \f
11167 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
11168 ;;;;;; (15186 41424))
11169 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
11170
11171 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
11172 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
11173 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
11174 followed by the first character of the construct.
11175 \\<m2-mode-map>
11176 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
11177 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
11178 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
11179 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
11180 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
11181 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
11182 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
11183 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
11184 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
11185 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
11186 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
11187 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
11188 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
11189 \\[m2-link] link
11190
11191 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
11192 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
11193 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
11194
11195 ;;;***
11196 \f
11197 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
11198 ;;;;;; (15187 6160))
11199 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
11200
11201 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
11202 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
11203
11204 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
11205 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
11206
11207 ;;;***
11208 \f
11209 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15186
11210 ;;;;;; 64140))
11211 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
11212
11213 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
11214 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
11215 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11216 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
11217
11218 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
11219
11220 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
11221
11222 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
11223
11224 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
11225 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
11226 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
11227 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
11228 Triple-clicking selects lines.
11229 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
11230
11231 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
11232 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
11233 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
11234 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
11235 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
11236
11237 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
11238 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
11239
11240 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
11241 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
11242
11243 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
11244
11245 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
11246 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
11247 primary selection and region." t nil)
11248
11249 ;;;***
11250 \f
11251 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
11252 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
11253
11254 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
11255 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
11256
11257 ;;;***
11258 \f
11259 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15186 41418))
11260 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
11261
11262 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
11263 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
11264 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11265 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11266 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
11267
11268 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11269
11270 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
11271
11272 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
11273 Toggle Msb mode.
11274 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11275 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
11276 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
11277
11278 ;;;***
11279 \f
11280 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
11281 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
11282 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
11283 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
11284 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
11285 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (15186 41421))
11286 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
11287
11288 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
11289 Display a list of all character sets.
11290
11291 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
11292 for internal Emacs use.
11293
11294 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
11295 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
11296 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
11297 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
11298 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
11299
11300 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
11301 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
11302 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
11303 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
11304
11305 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11306 but still shows the full information." t nil)
11307
11308 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
11309 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
11310 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
11311 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
11312 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
11313
11314 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
11315 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
11316 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
11317 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
11318 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
11319
11320 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
11321 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
11322
11323 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
11324 Display information about character set CHARSET." t nil)
11325
11326 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
11327 Display information about the character at POS in the current buffer.
11328 POS defaults to point.
11329 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
11330 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
11331 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
11332
11333 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11334 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
11335
11336 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
11337 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
11338
11339 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
11340 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
11341 at the place of `..':
11342 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11343 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11344 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
11345 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
11346 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
11347 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
11348 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11349 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11350 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11351 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11352 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11353 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11354 `default-process-coding-system' for read
11355 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
11356 `default-process-coding-system' for write
11357 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
11358
11359 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11360 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
11361
11362 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
11363 Display a list of all coding systems.
11364 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
11365
11366 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11367 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
11368
11369 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
11370 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
11371
11372 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
11373 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
11374
11375 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
11376 Display information of FONTSET.
11377 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
11378
11379 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
11380 Display a list of all fontsets.
11381 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
11382 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
11383 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
11384
11385 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
11386 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
11387
11388 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
11389 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
11390
11391 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
11392 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
11393 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
11394 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
11395
11396 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
11397 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
11398 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11399
11400 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
11401 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
11402 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11403
11404 ;;;***
11405 \f
11406 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
11407 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
11408 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
11409 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
11410 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
11411 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
11412 ;;;;;; (15186 41421))
11413 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
11414
11415 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
11416 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
11417 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
11418
11419 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
11420 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
11421
11422 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
11423 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
11424
11425 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
11426 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
11427
11428 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
11429 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
11430 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
11431 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
11432 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
11433
11434 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
11435 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
11436 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
11437 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
11438 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
11439
11440 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
11441 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
11442
11443 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
11444
11445 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
11446 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
11447
11448 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
11449 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
11450 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
11451
11452 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
11453 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
11454 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
11455
11456 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11457 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
11458 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
11459 is considered.
11460 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
11461 longer than KEYSEQ.
11462 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
11463
11464 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11465 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
11466 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
11467 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
11468 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
11469 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
11470 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
11471 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
11472 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
11473 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
11474 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
11475
11476 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
11477 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
11478
11479 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11480 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
11481
11482 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11483 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
11484
11485 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
11486 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
11487
11488 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
11489 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
11490
11491 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
11492 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
11493 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
11494 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
11495
11496 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
11497 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
11498 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
11499 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
11500
11501 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
11502 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
11503 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
11504 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
11505
11506 ;;;***
11507 \f
11508 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
11509 ;;;;;; (15157 46062))
11510 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
11511
11512 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
11513 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
11514 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11515 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11516 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
11517
11518 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11519
11520 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
11521
11522 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
11523 Toggle mouse wheel support.
11524 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11525 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11526
11527 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
11528 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
11529
11530 ;;;***
11531 \f
11532 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
11533 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
11534 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
11535 ;;;;;; (15187 6159))
11536 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
11537
11538 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
11539 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
11540
11541 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
11542 Ping HOST.
11543 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
11544 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
11545
11546 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
11547 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
11548
11549 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
11550
11551 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
11552 Run netstat program." t nil)
11553
11554 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
11555 Run the arp program." t nil)
11556
11557 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
11558 Run the route program." t nil)
11559
11560 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
11561 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
11562
11563 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
11564 Run nslookup program." t nil)
11565
11566 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
11567 Run dig program." t nil)
11568
11569 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
11570 Run ftp program." t nil)
11571
11572 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
11573 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
11574
11575 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
11576 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
11577 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
11578 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
11579
11580 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
11581
11582 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
11583 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
11584
11585 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
11586 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
11587
11588 ;;;***
11589 \f
11590 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
11591 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
11592 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-multi-line comment-padding
11593 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
11594 ;;;;;; (15011 22903))
11595 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
11596
11597 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
11598
11599 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
11600
11601 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
11602
11603 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
11604
11605 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
11606
11607 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
11608 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
11609 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.
11610 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
11611 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.")
11612
11613 (defvar comment-start nil "\
11614 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
11615
11616 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
11617 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
11618 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
11619 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
11620
11621 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
11622 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
11623
11624 (defvar comment-end "" "\
11625 *String to insert to end a new comment.
11626 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
11627
11628 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
11629 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
11630 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
11631 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
11632 column indentation or nil.
11633 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
11634
11635 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
11636 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
11637 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
11638
11639 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
11640 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
11641 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
11642 of the corresponding number of spaces.
11643
11644 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
11645 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
11646
11647 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
11648 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
11649 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
11650
11651 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
11652 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
11653
11654 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
11655 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
11656 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continuation' markers if any." t nil)
11657
11658 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
11659 Set the comment column based on point.
11660 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
11661 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
11662 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
11663 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
11664
11665 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
11666 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
11667 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
11668
11669 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
11670 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
11671 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
11672 comment markers." t nil)
11673
11674 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
11675 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
11676 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
11677 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
11678 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
11679 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
11680 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
11681 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
11682
11683 The strings used as comment starts are built from
11684 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
11685
11686 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
11687 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
11688 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
11689 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
11690 case it calls `uncomment-region').
11691 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
11692 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
11693 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
11694
11695 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
11696 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
11697 This indents the body of the continued comment
11698 under the previous comment line.
11699
11700 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
11701 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
11702 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
11703
11704 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
11705 or comment indentation.
11706
11707 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
11708 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
11709
11710 ;;;***
11711 \f
11712 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14858
11713 ;;;;;; 32485))
11714 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
11715
11716 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
11717 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
11718 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
11719 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
11720 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
11721 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
11722
11723 ;;;***
11724 \f
11725 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
11726 ;;;;;; (15181 30826))
11727 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
11728
11729 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
11730 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
11731 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
11732
11733 ;;;***
11734 \f
11735 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
11736 ;;;;;; (14859 52340))
11737 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
11738
11739 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
11740 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
11741 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
11742
11743 ;;;***
11744 \f
11745 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
11746 ;;;;;; (14858 32485))
11747 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
11748
11749 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
11750 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
11751
11752 ;;;***
11753 \f
11754 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
11755 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14791 27653))
11756 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
11757
11758 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
11759 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
11760
11761 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11762 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
11763
11764 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11765 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
11766
11767 ;;;***
11768 \f
11769 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
11770 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15186 41418))
11771 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
11772
11773 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
11774 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
11775 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
11776
11777 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
11778
11779 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
11780 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
11781 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
11782 to future sessions." t nil)
11783
11784 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
11785 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
11786 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
11787 to future sessions." t nil)
11788
11789 ;;;***
11790 \f
11791 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
11792 ;;;;;; (14974 43714))
11793 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
11794
11795 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
11796 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
11797 \\{nroff-mode-map}
11798 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
11799 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
11800 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
11801
11802 ;;;***
11803 \f
11804 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
11805 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
11806 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
11807
11808 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
11809 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
11810 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
11811 specified by `octave-help-files'.
11812 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
11813
11814 ;;;***
11815 \f
11816 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
11817 ;;;;;; (15187 6160))
11818 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
11819
11820 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
11821 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
11822 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
11823
11824 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
11825
11826 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
11827 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
11828
11829 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
11830 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
11831 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
11832
11833 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
11834
11835 ;;;***
11836 \f
11837 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
11838 ;;;;;; (14535 42824))
11839 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
11840
11841 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
11842 Major mode for editing Octave code.
11843
11844 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
11845 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
11846 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
11847 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
11848
11849 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
11850 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
11851 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
11852 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
11853 is why you need this mode!).
11854
11855 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
11856 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
11857 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
11858
11859 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
11860
11861 Keybindings
11862 ===========
11863
11864 \\{octave-mode-map}
11865
11866 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
11867 ==============================================
11868
11869 octave-auto-indent
11870 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
11871 Default is nil.
11872
11873 octave-auto-newline
11874 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
11875 Default is nil.
11876
11877 octave-blink-matching-block
11878 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
11879 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
11880
11881 octave-block-offset
11882 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
11883 Default is 2.
11884
11885 octave-continuation-offset
11886 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
11887 Default is 4.
11888
11889 octave-continuation-string
11890 String used for Octave continuation lines.
11891 Default is a backslash.
11892
11893 octave-mode-startup-message
11894 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
11895 Default is t.
11896
11897 octave-send-echo-input
11898 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
11899 command to the inferior Octave process.
11900
11901 octave-send-line-auto-forward
11902 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
11903 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
11904
11905 octave-send-echo-input
11906 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
11907
11908 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
11909
11910 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
11911 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
11912
11913 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
11914 (setq auto-mode-alist
11915 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
11916
11917 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
11918 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
11919
11920 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
11921 (lambda ()
11922 (abbrev-mode 1)
11923 (auto-fill-mode 1)
11924 (if (eq window-system 'x)
11925 (font-lock-mode 1))))
11926
11927 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
11928 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
11929 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
11930 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
11931
11932 ;;;***
11933 \f
11934 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
11935 ;;;;;; (15186 41418))
11936 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
11937
11938 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
11939 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
11940 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
11941
11942 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
11943 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
11944 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
11945 in which there are commands to set the option values.
11946 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
11947
11948 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
11949
11950 ;;;***
11951 \f
11952 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
11953 ;;;;;; (15123 22490))
11954 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
11955
11956 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
11957 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
11958 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
11959 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
11960
11961 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
11962 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
11963 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
11964 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
11965
11966 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
11967 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
11968 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
11969 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
11970 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
11971 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
11972
11973 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
11974 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
11975
11976 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
11977 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
11978 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
11979 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
11980 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
11981 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
11982 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
11983 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
11984 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
11985 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
11986 The subheadings remain visible.
11987 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
11988
11989 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
11990 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
11991 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
11992
11993 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
11994 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
11995
11996 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
11997 Toggle Outline minor mode.
11998 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11999 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
12000
12001 ;;;***
12002 \f
12003 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15186 41418))
12004 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
12005
12006 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
12007 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
12008 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12009 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12010 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
12011
12012 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12013
12014 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
12015
12016 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
12017 Toggle Show Paren mode.
12018 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12019 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
12020
12021 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
12022 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
12023
12024 ;;;***
12025 \f
12026 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14628
12027 ;;;;;; 14481))
12028 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
12029
12030 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
12031 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
12032 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12033
12034 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
12035 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
12036
12037 Other useful functions are:
12038
12039 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
12040 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
12041 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
12042 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
12043 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
12044 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
12045 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
12046 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
12047 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
12048
12049 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
12050
12051 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
12052 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
12053 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
12054 Indentation for case statements.
12055 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
12056 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
12057 mark after an end.
12058 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
12059 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
12060 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
12061 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
12062 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12063 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
12064 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
12065 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
12066 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
12067 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
12068
12069 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
12070 pascal-separator-keywords.
12071
12072 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
12073 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12074
12075 ;;;***
12076 \f
12077 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
12078 ;;;;;; (15186 41419))
12079 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
12080
12081 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
12082 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
12083 The keys affected are:
12084 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
12085 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
12086 M-Backspace does undo.
12087 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
12088 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
12089 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
12090
12091 ;;;***
12092 \f
12093 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
12094 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15187 6159))
12095 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
12096
12097 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
12098 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
12099
12100 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12101
12102 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
12103 which modify the status of the mark.
12104
12105 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
12106 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
12107
12108 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
12109 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
12110
12111 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
12112 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
12113 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
12114 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
12115 turning pc-selection-mode on.
12116
12117 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
12118 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
12119
12120 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
12121 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
12122 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
12123
12124 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
12125 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
12126 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
12127
12128 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
12129 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
12130
12131 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
12132 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
12133 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
12134
12135 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
12136 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
12137 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
12138
12139 F6 other-window
12140 DELETE delete-char
12141 C-DELETE kill-line
12142 M-DELETE kill-word
12143 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
12144 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
12145 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
12146
12147 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
12148 Toggle PC Selection mode.
12149 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
12150 and cursor movement commands.
12151 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12152 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
12153
12154 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12155
12156 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
12157
12158 ;;;***
12159 \f
12160 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15186
12161 ;;;;;; 41418))
12162 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
12163
12164 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
12165 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
12166
12167 ;;;***
12168 \f
12169 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
12170 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15186 41418))
12171 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
12172
12173 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12174 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
12175
12176 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12177 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
12178
12179 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12180 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
12181
12182 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12183 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
12184
12185 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12186
12187 ;;;***
12188 \f
12189 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
12190 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15186 41418))
12191 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
12192
12193 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12194 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
12195
12196 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12197 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
12198
12199 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12200 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
12201
12202 ;;;***
12203 \f
12204 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15186
12205 ;;;;;; 41418))
12206 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
12207
12208 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
12209 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
12210 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
12211 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
12212 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
12213 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
12214
12215 ;;;***
12216 \f
12217 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
12218 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
12219 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15186 41418))
12220 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
12221
12222 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12223 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
12224
12225 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
12226
12227 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12228 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
12229
12230 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12231 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
12232
12233 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12234 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
12235
12236 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12237
12238 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12239 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
12240
12241 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12242 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
12243
12244 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12245 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
12246
12247 ;;;***
12248 \f
12249 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
12250 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
12251 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15187
12252 ;;;;;; 6158))
12253 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
12254
12255 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
12256 Support extensible programmable completion.
12257 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
12258 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
12259
12260 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
12261 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
12262
12263 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
12264 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12265 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12266
12267 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
12268 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
12269
12270 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
12271 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12272 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12273
12274 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
12275 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
12276
12277 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
12278 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
12279
12280 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12281 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
12282 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
12283 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
12284 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
12285
12286 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12287 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
12288
12289 ;;;***
12290 \f
12291 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
12292 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
12293 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15186 41418))
12294 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
12295
12296 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
12297 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
12298 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
12299 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12300
12301 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
12302
12303 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
12304 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
12305 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
12306 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12307 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12308 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
12309 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
12310
12311 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
12312 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
12313 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
12314 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12315 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12316 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12317 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12318 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12319
12320 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
12321 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12322 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12323 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12324 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12325 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
12326
12327 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
12328 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12329 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12330 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12331 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12332 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12333 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12334
12335 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
12336
12337 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
12338 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
12339 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
12340
12341 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
12342 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
12343 NIL means never do it.
12344 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
12345 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
12346 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
12347
12348 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
12349 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
12350 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
12351
12352 ;;;***
12353 \f
12354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15186 41418))
12355 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
12356
12357 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
12358
12359 ;;;***
12360 \f
12361 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
12362 ;;;;;; (15149 49404))
12363 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
12364
12365 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
12366 Major mode for editing Perl code.
12367 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
12368 Tab indents for Perl code.
12369 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
12370 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
12371 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12372 \\{perl-mode-map}
12373 Variables controlling indentation style:
12374 perl-tab-always-indent
12375 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
12376 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12377 perl-tab-to-comment
12378 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
12379 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
12380 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
12381 perl-nochange
12382 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
12383 perl-indent-level
12384 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
12385 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
12386 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
12387 perl-continued-statement-offset
12388 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
12389 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
12390 perl-continued-brace-offset
12391 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
12392 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
12393 perl-brace-offset
12394 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
12395 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
12396 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
12397 this far to the right of the start of its line.
12398 perl-label-offset
12399 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
12400
12401 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
12402 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
12403 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
12404 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
12405 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
12406 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
12407 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
12408
12409 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
12410
12411 ;;;***
12412 \f
12413 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
12414 ;;;;;; (15186 41426))
12415 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
12416
12417 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
12418 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
12419 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
12420 afterwards settable by these commands:
12421 C-c < Move left after insertion.
12422 C-c > Move right after insertion.
12423 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
12424 C-c . Move down after insertion.
12425 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
12426 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
12427 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
12428 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
12429 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
12430 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
12431 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
12432 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
12433 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
12434 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
12435 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
12436 with these commands:
12437 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
12438 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
12439 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
12440 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
12441 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
12442 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
12443 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
12444 Return Move to beginning of next line.
12445 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
12446 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
12447 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
12448 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
12449 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
12450 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
12451 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
12452 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
12453 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
12454 You can manipulate text with these commands:
12455 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
12456 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
12457 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
12458 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
12459 text is saved in the kill ring.
12460 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
12461 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
12462 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
12463 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
12464 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
12465 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
12466 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
12467 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
12468 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
12469 commands if invoked soon enough.
12470 You can return to the previous mode with:
12471 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
12472 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
12473
12474 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
12475
12476 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
12477 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
12478
12479 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
12480
12481 ;;;***
12482 \f
12483 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15187 6160))
12484 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
12485
12486 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
12487 Play pong and waste time.
12488 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
12489 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
12490
12491 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
12492
12493 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
12494
12495 ;;;***
12496 \f
12497 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
12498 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15187 6159))
12499 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
12500
12501 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
12502 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
12503 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
12504 can handle, whenever this is possible.
12505 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
12506
12507 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
12508 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
12509 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
12510 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
12511 in the variable `values'." t nil)
12512
12513 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
12514 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
12515 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
12516 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
12517
12518 ;;;***
12519 \f
12520 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
12521 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
12522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
12523
12524 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
12525 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
12526 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
12527 Commands:
12528 \\{prolog-mode-map}
12529 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
12530 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12531
12532 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
12533 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
12534
12535 ;;;***
12536 \f
12537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15187 6158))
12538 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
12539
12540 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
12541 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
12542 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
12543
12544 ;;;***
12545 \f
12546 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15187
12547 ;;;;;; 6160))
12548 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
12549
12550 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
12551 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
12552
12553 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
12554
12555 The following variables hold user options, and can
12556 be set through the `customize' command:
12557
12558 ps-mode-auto-indent
12559 ps-mode-tab
12560 ps-mode-paper-size
12561 ps-mode-print-function
12562 ps-run-prompt
12563 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
12564 ps-run-x
12565 ps-run-dumb
12566 ps-run-init
12567 ps-run-error-line-numbers
12568 ps-run-tmp-dir
12569
12570 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
12571
12572
12573 \\{ps-mode-map}
12574
12575
12576 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
12577 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
12578 The keymap for this second window is:
12579
12580 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
12581
12582
12583 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
12584 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
12585 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
12586 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
12587 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
12588 " t nil)
12589
12590 ;;;***
12591 \f
12592 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
12593 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
12594 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
12595 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15187 6158))
12596 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
12597
12598 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
12599 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
12600
12601 Valid values are:
12602
12603 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
12604 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
12605 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
12606 changed by setting the variable
12607 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
12608 The initial value of this variable is
12609 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
12610 documentation).
12611
12612 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
12613 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
12614 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
12615 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
12616 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
12617 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
12618 test it.
12619
12620 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
12621 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
12622 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
12623 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
12624 source file. BDF fonts are included in
12625 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
12626 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
12627 use this value, be sure to have installed
12628 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
12629 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
12630 documentation of this variable).
12631
12632 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
12633 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
12634 characters. This is convenient when you want or
12635 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
12636 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
12637 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
12638
12639 Any other value is treated as nil.")
12640
12641 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
12642 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
12643 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
12644
12645 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12646
12647 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
12648 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
12649
12650 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
12651
12652 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12653
12654 Returns the value:
12655
12656 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12657
12658 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12659 the sequence." nil nil)
12660
12661 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
12662 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
12663
12664 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
12665 composition.
12666
12667 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12668
12669 Returns the value:
12670
12671 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12672
12673 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12674 the sequence." nil nil)
12675
12676 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
12677 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
12678
12679 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
12680 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
12681 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\"." nil nil)
12682
12683 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
12684 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings." nil nil)
12685
12686 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
12687 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
12688 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
12689
12690 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12691
12692 ;;;***
12693 \f
12694 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
12695 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
12696 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
12697 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
12698 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
12699 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (15187 6158))
12700 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
12701
12702 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
12703 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
12704 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
12705 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
12706
12707 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
12708 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
12709
12710 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12711 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12712
12713 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
12714 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
12715 sending it to the printer.
12716
12717 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
12718 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
12719 image in a file with that name." t nil)
12720
12721 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12722 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12723 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12724 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12725 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12726
12727 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
12728 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12729 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
12730
12731 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12732 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12733 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12734 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12735 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12736
12737 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12738 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12739 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
12740 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
12741
12742 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12743
12744 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12745 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12746 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12747 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12748 so it has a way to determine color values.
12749
12750 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12751
12752 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
12753 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12754 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
12755
12756 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12757
12758 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12759 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12760 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12761 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12762 so it has a way to determine color values.
12763
12764 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12765
12766 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
12767 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
12768
12769 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
12770 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
12771 instead of sending it to the printer.
12772
12773 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
12774 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
12775 image in a file with that name." t nil)
12776
12777 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
12778 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, using the
12779 current ps-print setup.
12780 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
12781 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
12782
12783 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12784 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
12785 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12786
12787 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
12788 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
12789 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12790
12791 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
12792 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
12793
12794 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
12795 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
12796
12797 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
12798 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
12799
12800 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
12801
12802 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
12803
12804 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
12805 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
12806
12807 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
12808 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
12809
12810 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
12811
12812 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
12813
12814 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
12815
12816 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
12817 foreground and background colors respectively.
12818
12819 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
12820 bold - use bold font.
12821 italic - use italic font.
12822 underline - put a line under text.
12823 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
12824 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
12825 shadow - text will have a shadow.
12826 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
12827 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
12828
12829 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
12830
12831 ;;;***
12832 \f
12833 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
12834 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
12835 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
12836 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
12837 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15187 6159))
12838 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
12839
12840 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
12841 Return the title of the current Quail package." nil nil)
12842
12843 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
12844 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
12845 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
12846
12847 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
12848 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
12849 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
12850 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
12851 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
12852 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
12853 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
12854
12855 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
12856 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
12857 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
12858 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
12859 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
12860 shown.
12861 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
12862
12863 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
12864 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
12865 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
12866 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
12867 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
12868 list of candidates.
12869
12870 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
12871 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
12872 command to be called.
12873
12874 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
12875 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
12876 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
12877 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
12878
12879 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
12880 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
12881 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
12882 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
12883 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
12884 to t.
12885
12886 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
12887 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
12888 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
12889 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
12890
12891 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
12892 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
12893 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
12894 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
12895
12896 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
12897 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
12898 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
12899 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
12900 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
12901 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
12902
12903 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
12904 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
12905 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
12906 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
12907 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
12908 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
12909
12910 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
12911 covers Quail translation region.
12912
12913 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
12914 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
12915 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
12916 for it) is inserted.
12917
12918 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
12919 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
12920 vs. corresponding command to be called.
12921
12922 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
12923 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
12924 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
12925
12926 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
12927 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
12928
12929 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
12930 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
12931 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
12932 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
12933 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
12934
12935 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
12936 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
12937
12938 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
12939 keyboard type." t nil)
12940
12941 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
12942 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
12943 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
12944 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
12945 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
12946 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
12947 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
12948 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
12949 for the translation.
12950 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
12951
12952 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
12953 it is used to handle KEY.
12954
12955 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
12956 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
12957 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
12958 the following annotation types are supported.
12959
12960 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
12961 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
12962
12963 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
12964 candidate list.
12965
12966 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
12967 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
12968 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
12969 inserted.
12970
12971 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
12972 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
12973
12974 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
12975 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
12976
12977 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
12978 which to install MAP.
12979
12980 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
12981
12982 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
12983 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
12984
12985 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
12986 which to install MAP.
12987
12988 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
12989
12990 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
12991 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
12992 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
12993 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
12994 a function, or a cons.
12995 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
12996 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
12997 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
12998 for the translation.
12999 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
13000 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
13001 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
13002 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
13003 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13004
13005 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13006 it is used to handle KEY.
13007
13008 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
13009 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
13010 current Quail package.
13011
13012 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
13013 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
13014
13015 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
13016 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
13017
13018 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
13019 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
13020
13021 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
13022
13023 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
13024 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
13025
13026 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
13027 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
13028 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
13029 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
13030 of the Emacs source tree.
13031
13032 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
13033 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
13034
13035 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
13036 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
13037 of each directory." t nil)
13038
13039 ;;;***
13040 \f
13041 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
13042 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
13043 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15187
13044 ;;;;;; 6159))
13045 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
13046
13047 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
13048 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
13049 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
13050 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
13051
13052 To make use of this do something like:
13053
13054 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
13055
13056 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
13057
13058 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
13059 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
13060
13061 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
13062 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13063 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13064
13065 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
13066 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
13067
13068 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
13069 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
13070
13071 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
13072 is decided." t nil)
13073
13074 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
13075 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
13076
13077 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
13078 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13079 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13080
13081 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
13082 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
13083
13084 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
13085 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
13086
13087 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
13088 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
13089
13090 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
13091
13092 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
13093
13094 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
13095 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
13096
13097 ;;;***
13098 \f
13099 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15186
13100 ;;;;;; 41423))
13101 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
13102
13103 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
13104 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
13105 See \\[compile]." t nil)
13106
13107 ;;;***
13108 \f
13109 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
13110 ;;;;;; (15187 6159))
13111 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
13112
13113 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
13114 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
13115
13116 ;;;***
13117 \f
13118 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
13119 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
13120 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (15187 6158))
13121 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
13122
13123 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
13124 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
13125
13126 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
13127 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
13128
13129 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
13130 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
13131
13132 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
13133 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
13134 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
13135 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
13136 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
13137
13138 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
13139 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
13140
13141 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
13142 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
13143 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13144 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13145 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
13146
13147 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13148
13149 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
13150
13151 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
13152 Toggle recentf mode.
13153 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
13154 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
13155
13156 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
13157 were operated on recently." t nil)
13158
13159 ;;;***
13160 \f
13161 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
13162 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
13163 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
13164 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15187
13165 ;;;;;; 6158))
13166 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
13167
13168 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
13169 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
13170 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
13171 spaces and tab.
13172
13173 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
13174 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
13175
13176 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
13177 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
13178 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
13179 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
13180 ends.
13181
13182 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13183 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
13184 to be deleted." t nil)
13185
13186 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13187 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13188 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
13189
13190 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13191 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13192 deleted." nil nil)
13193
13194 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13195 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13196 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
13197
13198 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
13199 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
13200
13201 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13202 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
13203
13204 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13205 deleted." t nil)
13206
13207 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
13208 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
13209
13210 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13211 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
13212 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
13213 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
13214 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
13215 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
13216 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
13217
13218 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
13219 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13220
13221 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
13222 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
13223
13224 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13225 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
13226 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
13227 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
13228
13229 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
13230 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
13231 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
13232 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
13233 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
13234
13235 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13236 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
13237
13238 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
13239 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
13240 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
13241
13242 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
13243
13244 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13245 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13246
13247 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13248 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
13249 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
13250
13251 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
13252 Blank out the region-rectangle.
13253 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
13254
13255 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13256 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
13257 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
13258
13259 ;;;***
13260 \f
13261 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (15182
13262 ;;;;;; 61175))
13263 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
13264
13265 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
13266 Toggle Refill minor mode.
13267 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
13268
13269 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
13270 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
13271 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
13272
13273 ;;;***
13274 \f
13275 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
13276 ;;;;;; (15186 41426))
13277 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
13278
13279 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
13280 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
13281
13282 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
13283 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
13284
13285 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
13286 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
13287
13288 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
13289 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
13290 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
13291 \\ref macro.
13292
13293 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
13294 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
13295 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
13296
13297 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
13298 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
13299 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
13300
13301 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
13302 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
13303
13304 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
13305 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
13306
13307 \\{reftex-mode-map}
13308 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
13309 on the menu bar.
13310
13311 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
13312
13313 ;;;***
13314 \f
13315 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
13316 ;;;;;; (15186 41426))
13317 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
13318
13319 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
13320 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
13321 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
13322 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
13323 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
13324 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
13325
13326 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
13327
13328 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
13329
13330 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
13331 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
13332 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
13333 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
13334
13335 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
13336 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
13337 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
13338 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
13339
13340 ;;;***
13341 \f
13342 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
13343 ;;;;;; (15186 41426))
13344 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
13345
13346 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
13347 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
13348 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
13349
13350 To insert new phrases, use
13351 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
13352 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
13353
13354 To index phrases use one of:
13355
13356 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
13357 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
13358 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
13359 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
13360 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
13361
13362 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
13363 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
13364
13365 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
13366
13367 Here are all local bindings.
13368
13369 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
13370
13371 ;;;***
13372 \f
13373 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
13374 ;;;;;; (15186 41419))
13375 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
13376
13377 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
13378 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
13379 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
13380 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
13381 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
13382 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
13383
13384 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
13385 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
13386
13387 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
13388 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
13389
13390 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
13391 Return the depth of REGEXP.
13392 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
13393 in REGEXP." nil nil)
13394
13395 ;;;***
13396 \f
13397 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15182 61026))
13398 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
13399
13400 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
13401 Repeat most recently executed command.
13402 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
13403 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
13404 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
13405
13406 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
13407 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
13408 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
13409
13410 ;;;***
13411 \f
13412 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
13413 ;;;;;; (15186 41423))
13414 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
13415
13416 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
13417 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
13418
13419 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
13420 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
13421 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
13422 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
13423 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
13424 and point is left after the salutation.
13425
13426 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
13427 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
13428 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
13429 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
13430 left after that text.
13431
13432 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
13433 is non-nil.
13434
13435 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
13436 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
13437 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
13438 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
13439
13440 ;;;***
13441 \f
13442 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
13443 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
13444 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
13445
13446 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
13447 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
13448 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
13449 visibility of comments that precede it.
13450 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
13451 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
13452 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
13453 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
13454 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
13455 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
13456 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
13457 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
13458 the comment lines.
13459 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
13460 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
13461 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
13462 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
13463 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
13464 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
13465
13466 ;;;***
13467 \f
13468 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
13469 ;;;;;; 50658))
13470 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
13471
13472 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
13473 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
13474
13475 ;;;***
13476 \f
13477 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
13478 ;;;;;; (14634 20460))
13479 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
13480
13481 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
13482 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
13483
13484 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
13485 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
13486
13487 ;;;***
13488 \f
13489 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
13490 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
13491 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13492
13493 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
13494 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
13495 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
13496 other arguments for `rlogin'.
13497
13498 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
13499
13500 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
13501 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
13502 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
13503 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
13504
13505 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
13506 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
13507
13508 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
13509 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
13510
13511 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
13512 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
13513 INPUT-ARGS.
13514
13515 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
13516 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
13517 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
13518 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
13519 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
13520
13521 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
13522 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
13523 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
13524 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
13525
13526 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
13527 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
13528 variable." t nil)
13529
13530 ;;;***
13531 \f
13532 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
13533 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
13534 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
13535 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
13536 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
13537 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
13538 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15186 41423))
13539 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
13540
13541 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
13542 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
13543 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
13544 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
13545
13546 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
13547 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
13548 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
13549 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
13550 value is the user's name.)
13551 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
13552
13553 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent:") "\
13554 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
13555 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
13556 which normally happens once for each message,
13557 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
13558 To make a change in this variable take effect
13559 for a message that you have already viewed,
13560 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
13561
13562 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
13563 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
13564 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
13565 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
13566
13567 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
13568 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
13569
13570 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
13571 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
13572 A value of nil means don't highlight.
13573 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
13574
13575 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
13576 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
13577
13578 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
13579 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
13580
13581 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
13582 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
13583 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
13584 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
13585 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
13586
13587 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
13588 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
13589
13590 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
13591 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
13592
13593 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
13594 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
13595
13596 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
13597 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
13598
13599 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
13600 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
13601
13602 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
13603 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
13604
13605 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
13606 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
13607
13608 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
13609 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
13610
13611 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
13612 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
13613 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
13614 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
13615
13616 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
13617 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
13618
13619 This is set to nil by default.")
13620
13621 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
13622 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
13623 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
13624 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
13625 until a user explicitly requires it.")
13626
13627 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
13628 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
13629 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13630 It is called with no argument.")
13631
13632 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
13633 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
13634 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13635 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
13636 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
13637 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
13638
13639 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
13640 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
13641 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13642 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
13643 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
13644 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
13645
13646 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
13647 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
13648 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13649 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
13650 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
13651
13652 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
13653 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
13654 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13655 It is called with four arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
13656 MSG is the message number,
13657 REGEXP is the regular expression,
13658 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
13659
13660 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
13661 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
13662 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
13663 this feature is required with `require'.")
13664
13665 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
13666 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
13667 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
13668 the message is decoded as normal way.
13669
13670 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
13671 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
13672 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
13673
13674 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
13675 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
13676 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
13677
13678 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
13679 Read and edit incoming mail.
13680 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
13681 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
13682 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
13683
13684 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
13685 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
13686 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
13687 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
13688
13689 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
13690
13691 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
13692 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
13693 All normal editing commands are turned off.
13694 Instead, these commands are available:
13695
13696 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
13697 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
13698 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
13699 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
13700 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
13701 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
13702 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
13703 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
13704 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
13705 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
13706 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
13707 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
13708 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
13709 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
13710 till a deleted message is found.
13711 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
13712 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
13713 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
13714 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
13715 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
13716 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
13717 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
13718 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
13719 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
13720 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
13721 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
13722 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
13723 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
13724 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
13725 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
13726 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
13727 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
13728 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
13729 (label defaults to last one specified).
13730 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
13731 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
13732 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
13733 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
13734 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
13735 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
13736 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
13737 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
13738 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
13739
13740 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
13741 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
13742
13743 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
13744 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
13745
13746 ;;;***
13747 \f
13748 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
13749 ;;;;;; (15186 41423))
13750 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
13751
13752 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
13753 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
13754
13755 ;;;***
13756 \f
13757 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
13758 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
13759 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15186 41423))
13760 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
13761
13762 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13763 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13764 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13765
13766 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13767 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13768 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13769
13770 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
13771
13772 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13773 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
13774 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13775 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13776 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13777
13778 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13779 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
13780 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13781 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13782 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13783
13784 ;;;***
13785 \f
13786 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
13787 ;;;;;; (15186 41423))
13788 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
13789
13790 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
13791 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
13792 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
13793 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
13794
13795 ;;;***
13796 \f
13797 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
13798 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
13799 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15186 41423))
13800 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
13801
13802 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
13803 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
13804 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
13805 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
13806 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
13807 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
13808 a file name as a string.")
13809
13810 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
13811 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
13812 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
13813 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
13814 buffer visiting that file.
13815 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
13816 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
13817
13818 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
13819 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
13820
13821 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
13822 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
13823
13824 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
13825 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
13826
13827 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
13828 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
13829
13830 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
13831 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
13832 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
13833 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
13834 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
13835
13836 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
13837 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
13838 will be appended with their original headers.
13839
13840 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
13841 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
13842
13843 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
13844 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
13845
13846 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
13847
13848 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
13849 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
13850 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
13851
13852 ;;;***
13853 \f
13854 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
13855 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
13856 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15186
13857 ;;;;;; 41423))
13858 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
13859
13860 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
13861 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
13862 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13863
13864 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
13865 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
13866 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13867
13868 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
13869 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
13870 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13871
13872 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
13873 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
13874 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13875
13876 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
13877 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
13878 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13879
13880 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
13881 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
13882 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13883
13884 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
13885 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
13886 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
13887 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
13888
13889 ;;;***
13890 \f
13891 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
13892 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
13893 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
13894 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
13895 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15186 41423))
13896 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
13897
13898 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
13899 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
13900
13901 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
13902 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
13903
13904 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
13905 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
13906
13907 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
13908 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
13909 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
13910
13911 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
13912 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
13913 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
13914 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
13915 only look in the To and From fields.
13916 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
13917
13918 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
13919 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
13920 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
13921 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
13922 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
13923
13924 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
13925 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
13926 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
13927 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
13928 look in the whole message.
13929 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
13930
13931 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
13932 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
13933 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
13934
13935 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
13936 *Function to decode summary-line.
13937
13938 By default, `identity' is set.")
13939
13940 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
13941 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
13942 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
13943 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
13944 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
13945 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
13946 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
13947
13948 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
13949 sent by you under different user names.
13950 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
13951
13952 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
13953
13954 ;;;***
13955 \f
13956 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
13957 ;;;;;; (15186 41423))
13958 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
13959
13960 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
13961 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
13962 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
13963 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
13964
13965 ;;;***
13966 \f
13967 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
13968 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (15186 41418))
13969 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
13970
13971 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
13972 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
13973 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
13974
13975 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
13976 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
13977 in rot 13.
13978
13979 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'." t nil)
13980
13981 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
13982 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
13983
13984 ;;;***
13985 \f
13986 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
13987 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
13988 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
13989 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (15187 6158))
13990 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
13991
13992 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
13993 *This variable is obsolete.")
13994
13995 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13996
13997 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
13998
13999 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
14000 *This variable is obsolete.")
14001
14002 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
14003 *This variable is obsolete.")
14004
14005 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
14006 *This variable is obsolete.")
14007
14008 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
14009 *This variable is obsolete.")
14010
14011 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
14012 *This variable is obsolete.")
14013
14014 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
14015 This function is obsolete." t nil)
14016
14017 ;;;***
14018 \f
14019 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
14020 ;;;;;; (15187 6160))
14021 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
14022
14023 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
14024 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
14025 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
14026
14027 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
14028 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
14029 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
14030 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
14031 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
14032 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
14033 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
14034 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
14035
14036 Commands:
14037 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14038 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
14039 \\{scheme-mode-map}
14040 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
14041 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
14042
14043 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
14044 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
14045 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
14046
14047 Commands:
14048 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14049 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
14050 \\{scheme-mode-map}
14051 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
14052 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
14053 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
14054
14055 ;;;***
14056 \f
14057 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
14058 ;;;;;; (14791 27653))
14059 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
14060
14061 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
14062 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
14063 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
14064
14065 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
14066
14067 ;;;***
14068 \f
14069 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15186
14070 ;;;;;; 41426))
14071 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
14072
14073 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
14074 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
14075 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
14076 \\{scribe-mode-map}
14077
14078 Interesting variables:
14079
14080 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
14081 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
14082
14083 scribe-electric-quote
14084 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
14085
14086 scribe-electric-parenthesis
14087 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
14088 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
14089
14090 ;;;***
14091 \f
14092 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all"
14093 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (15187 6158))
14094 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
14095
14096 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
14097 Control/track scroll locking.
14098
14099 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14100 use either M-x customize or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
14101
14102 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14103
14104 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
14105
14106 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
14107 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode." t nil)
14108
14109 ;;;***
14110 \f
14111 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
14112 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
14113 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function
14114 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind
14115 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el"
14116 ;;;;;; (15173 37346))
14117 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
14118
14119 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
14120 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
14121
14122 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
14123 king@grassland.com
14124 If `parens', they look like:
14125 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14126 If `angles', they look like:
14127 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14128 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
14129 derived from the envelope-from address.
14130
14131 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
14132 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
14133 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
14134 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
14135
14136 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
14137 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
14138 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
14139 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
14140
14141 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
14142 is a privileged operation.")
14143
14144 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
14145 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
14146 This is done when the message is initialized,
14147 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
14148
14149 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
14150 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
14151 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
14152
14153 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
14154 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
14155
14156 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
14157 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14158 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
14159 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.
14160 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
14161 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
14162
14163 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
14164 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
14165
14166 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
14167 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
14168 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
14169
14170 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
14171 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
14172 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
14173 when you first send mail.")
14174
14175 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
14176 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
14177 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
14178 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
14179 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
14180
14181 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
14182 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
14183 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
14184 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
14185 This file need not actually exist.")
14186
14187 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
14188 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
14189 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
14190 If a string, that string is inserted.
14191 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
14192 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
14193 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
14194 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
14195
14196 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
14197 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
14198 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
14199 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
14200 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14201 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
14202 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
14203 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
14204 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
14205 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
14206 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
14207 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
14208 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
14209 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14210 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
14211
14212 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
14213 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
14214 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
14215 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
14216 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
14217 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
14218
14219 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
14220 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
14221 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
14222
14223 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
14224 User should not set this variable manually,
14225 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
14226 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
14227 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
14228 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
14229
14230 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
14231 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
14232 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
14233 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
14234
14235 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
14236 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
14237
14238 \\<mail-mode-map>
14239 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
14240
14241 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
14242 to move to message header fields:
14243 \\{mail-mode-map}
14244
14245 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
14246 when the message is initialized.
14247
14248 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
14249 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
14250
14251 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
14252 is inserted.
14253
14254 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
14255 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
14256
14257 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
14258 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
14259
14260 The second through fifth arguments,
14261 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
14262 the initial contents of those header fields.
14263 These arguments should not have final newlines.
14264 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
14265 original message being replied to, or else an action
14266 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
14267 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
14268 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
14269 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
14270 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
14271 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
14272
14273 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
14274 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
14275
14276 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
14277 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
14278
14279 ;;;***
14280 \f
14281 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (15186 41418))
14282 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
14283
14284 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
14285 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
14286 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
14287 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
14288 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
14289 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
14290
14291 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
14292
14293 ;;;***
14294 \f
14295 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
14296 ;;;;;; (15187 6162))
14297 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
14298
14299 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14300 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
14301 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
14302 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
14303 `sgml-quick-keys'.
14304
14305 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
14306 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
14307 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
14308
14309 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
14310 your `.emacs' file.
14311
14312 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
14313
14314 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14315 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
14316 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
14317
14318 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14319 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
14320 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
14321 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
14322 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
14323 which this is based.
14324
14325 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14326
14327 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
14328 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
14329 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
14330 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
14331
14332 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
14333 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
14334 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
14335
14336 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
14337 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
14338 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
14339 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
14340
14341 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
14342 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
14343 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
14344 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
14345
14346 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
14347
14348 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
14349 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
14350 To work around that, do:
14351 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
14352
14353 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
14354
14355 ;;;***
14356 \f
14357 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
14358 ;;;;;; (15149 49404))
14359 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
14360
14361 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
14362
14363 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
14364 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
14365 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
14366 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
14367 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
14368 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
14369
14370 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
14371 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
14372 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
14373 shell-specific features.
14374
14375 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
14376 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
14377 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
14378
14379 \\[sh-case] case statement
14380 \\[sh-for] for loop
14381 \\[sh-function] function definition
14382 \\[sh-if] if statement
14383 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
14384 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
14385 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
14386 \\[sh-select] select loop
14387 \\[sh-until] until loop
14388 \\[sh-while] while loop
14389
14390 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
14391 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
14392 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
14393 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
14394 would indent to the way it currently is.
14395 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
14396 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
14397
14398
14399 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
14400 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
14401 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
14402 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
14403 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
14404 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
14405
14406 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
14407 {, (, [, ', \", `
14408 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
14409
14410 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
14411 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
14412 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
14413
14414 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
14415 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
14416
14417 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
14418
14419 ;;;***
14420 \f
14421 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
14422 ;;;;;; (15187 6159))
14423 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
14424
14425 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
14426 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
14427
14428 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
14429 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
14430 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
14431 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
14432 the earlier.
14433
14434 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
14435
14436 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
14437
14438 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
14439 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
14440 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
14441
14442 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
14443 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
14444
14445 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
14446 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
14447 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
14448 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
14449 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
14450 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
14451 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
14452 emacs version).
14453
14454 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
14455 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
14456 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
14457 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
14458 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
14459
14460 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
14461 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
14462 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
14463
14464 ;;;***
14465 \f
14466 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
14467 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (15187
14468 ;;;;;; 6158))
14469 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
14470
14471 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
14472 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
14473 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
14474 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
14475 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
14476 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
14477 in the cluster." t nil)
14478
14479 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
14480 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
14481 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
14482 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
14483 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
14484
14485 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
14486 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
14487 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
14488 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
14489 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
14490 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
14491 `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
14492
14493 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
14494 Set up file shadowing." t nil)
14495
14496 ;;;***
14497 \f
14498 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
14499 ;;;;;; (15186 41418))
14500 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
14501
14502 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
14503 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
14504 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
14505 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
14506 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
14507 arguments.")
14508
14509 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
14510 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
14511 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
14512 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
14513 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
14514 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
14515 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
14516 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
14517 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
14518 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
14519 discards input when it starts up.)
14520 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
14521 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
14522 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
14523
14524 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14525 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14526 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14527 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
14528 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14529 `default-process-coding-system'.
14530
14531 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
14532 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
14533 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
14534 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
14535
14536 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14537 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
14538
14539 ;;;***
14540 \f
14541 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15187
14542 ;;;;;; 6160))
14543 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
14544
14545 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
14546 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
14547 \\{simula-mode-map}
14548 Variables controlling indentation style:
14549 simula-tab-always-indent
14550 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
14551 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14552 simula-indent-level
14553 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
14554 simula-substatement-offset
14555 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
14556 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
14557 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
14558 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
14559 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
14560 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
14561 simula-label-offset -4711
14562 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
14563 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
14564 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
14565 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
14566 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
14567 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
14568 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
14569 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
14570 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
14571 simula-electric-indent nil
14572 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
14573 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
14574 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
14575 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
14576 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
14577 or nil if they should not be changed.
14578 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
14579 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
14580 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
14581 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
14582
14583 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
14584 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
14585
14586 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
14587 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
14588 at all." t nil)
14589
14590 ;;;***
14591 \f
14592 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
14593 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
14594 ;;;;;; (15186 41418))
14595 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
14596
14597 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
14598 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
14599
14600 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
14601 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
14602 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
14603 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
14604 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
14605
14606 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
14607 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
14608 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
14609 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
14610 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
14611 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
14612 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
14613
14614 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
14615 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
14616 ignored." t nil)
14617
14618 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
14619 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
14620 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
14621 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
14622 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
14623 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
14624 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
14625
14626 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
14627 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
14628 ignored." t nil)
14629
14630 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
14631 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
14632
14633 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
14634 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
14635 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
14636 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
14637
14638 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
14639 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
14640 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
14641 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
14642
14643 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
14644 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
14645 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
14646
14647 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
14648 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
14649
14650 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
14651 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
14652
14653 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
14654 _ interesting point, interregion here
14655 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
14656 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
14657 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
14658 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
14659 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
14660 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
14661 nil skipped
14662
14663 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
14664 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
14665
14666 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
14667 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
14668 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
14669 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
14670 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
14671 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
14672 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
14673 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
14674
14675 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
14676 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
14677 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
14678 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
14679 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
14680 available:
14681
14682 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
14683 then: insert previously read string once more
14684 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
14685 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
14686 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
14687
14688 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
14689 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
14690
14691 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
14692 Insert the character you type ARG times.
14693
14694 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
14695 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
14696 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
14697 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
14698 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
14699 such as backslash.
14700
14701 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
14702 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
14703 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
14704
14705 ;;;***
14706 \f
14707 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (15099
14708 ;;;;;; 46214))
14709 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
14710
14711 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
14712 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
14713 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
14714
14715 ;;;***
14716 \f
14717 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
14718 ;;;;;; (14903 16513))
14719 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
14720
14721 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
14722 Display textual smileys as images.
14723 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
14724 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
14725 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil)
14726
14727 ;;;***
14728 \f
14729 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
14730 ;;;;;; (15109 1455))
14731 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
14732
14733 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
14734
14735 ;;;***
14736 \f
14737 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15187 6160))
14738 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
14739
14740 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
14741 Play the Snake game.
14742 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
14743
14744 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
14745
14746 snake-mode keybindings:
14747 \\<snake-mode-map>
14748 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
14749 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
14750 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
14751 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
14752 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
14753 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
14754 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
14755
14756 " t nil)
14757
14758 ;;;***
14759 \f
14760 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
14761 ;;;;;; (15187 6159))
14762 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
14763
14764 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
14765 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
14766 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
14767 Tab indents for C code.
14768 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
14769 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14770 \\{snmp-mode-map}
14771 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
14772 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
14773
14774 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
14775 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
14776 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
14777 Tab indents for C code.
14778 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
14779 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14780 \\{snmp-mode-map}
14781 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
14782 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
14783
14784 ;;;***
14785 \f
14786 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
14787 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
14788 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15186 41419))
14789 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
14790
14791 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
14792 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
14793
14794 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
14795 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
14796 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
14797
14798 For example, the form
14799
14800 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
14801 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
14802
14803 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
14804
14805 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
14806 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
14807
14808 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
14809 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
14810 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
14811 York City.
14812
14813 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14814
14815 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
14816 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
14817
14818 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
14819 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
14820 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
14821 York City.
14822
14823 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14824
14825 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
14826 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
14827 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
14828 pair.
14829
14830 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14831
14832 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
14833 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
14834 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
14835
14836 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
14837 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
14838
14839 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
14840
14841 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
14842 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
14843 Requires floating point." nil nil)
14844
14845 ;;;***
14846 \f
14847 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
14848 ;;;;;; 20348))
14849 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
14850
14851 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
14852 Play Solitaire.
14853
14854 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
14855 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
14856 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
14857 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
14858 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
14859 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
14860 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
14861 check after each move or undo)
14862
14863 What is Solitaire?
14864
14865 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
14866 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
14867 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
14868
14869 Le Solitaire
14870 ============
14871
14872 o o o
14873
14874 o o o
14875
14876 o o o o o o o
14877
14878 o o o . o o o
14879
14880 o o o o o o o
14881
14882 o o o
14883
14884 o o o
14885
14886 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
14887 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
14888 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
14889 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
14890
14891 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
14892 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
14893 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
14894 this: o o .
14895
14896 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
14897 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
14898
14899 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
14900
14901 o o o
14902
14903 . o o
14904
14905 o o . o o o o
14906
14907 o . o o o o o
14908
14909 o o o o o o o
14910
14911 o o o
14912
14913 o o o
14914
14915 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
14916
14917 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
14918
14919 ;;;***
14920 \f
14921 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
14922 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
14923 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (15186 41418))
14924 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
14925
14926 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
14927 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
14928 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
14929
14930 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
14931 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
14932 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
14933 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
14934 contiguous.
14935
14936 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
14937 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
14938 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14939 the sort order.
14940
14941 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
14942 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
14943
14944 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
14945 It moves point to the start of the next record.
14946 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
14947 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
14948 is called.
14949
14950 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
14951 It should move point to the end of the record.
14952
14953 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
14954 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
14955 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
14956 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
14957 starts at the beginning of the record.
14958
14959 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
14960 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
14961 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
14962
14963 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
14964 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14965 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14966 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14967 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14968 the sort order." t nil)
14969
14970 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
14971 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14972 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14973 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14974 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14975 the sort order." t nil)
14976
14977 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
14978 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14979 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14980 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14981 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14982 the sort order." t nil)
14983
14984 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
14985 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
14986 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
14987 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
14988 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
14989 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
14990 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
14991 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14992 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
14993
14994 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
14995 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
14996 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
14997 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
14998 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14999 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
15000 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15001 the sort order." t nil)
15002
15003 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
15004 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
15005 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
15006 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
15007 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
15008 is to be used for sorting.
15009 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
15010 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
15011 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
15012 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
15013 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
15014
15015 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
15016
15017 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15018 the sort order.
15019
15020 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
15021 starting with the letter \"f\",
15022 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
15023
15024 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
15025 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
15026 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
15027 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
15028 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
15029 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
15030 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15031 the sort order.
15032
15033 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
15034 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
15035 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
15036 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
15037 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
15038
15039 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
15040 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
15041 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
15042
15043 ;;;***
15044 \f
15045 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
15046 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15187 6159))
15047 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
15048
15049 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
15050
15051 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
15052 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
15053 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
15054 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
15055 supported at a time.
15056 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
15057 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
15058
15059 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
15060 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
15061 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
15062 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
15063
15064 ;;;***
15065 \f
15066 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
15067 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15186 41426))
15068 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
15069
15070 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15071
15072 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
15073 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
15074 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
15075 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
15076 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
15077 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
15078
15079 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
15080 Check spelling of word at or before point.
15081 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
15082 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
15083
15084 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
15085 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
15086 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
15087 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
15088 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
15089
15090 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
15091 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
15092
15093 ;;;***
15094 \f
15095 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14821
15096 ;;;;;; 31351))
15097 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
15098
15099 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
15100 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
15101
15102 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
15103 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
15104
15105 ;;;***
15106 \f
15107 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres
15108 ;;;;;; sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode
15109 ;;;;;; sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15072 2252))
15110 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
15111
15112 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
15113 Show short help for the SQL modes.
15114
15115 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
15116 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
15117
15118 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
15119
15120 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
15121
15122 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
15123
15124 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
15125 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
15126 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
15127 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
15128 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
15129 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
15130 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
15131 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
15132
15133 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
15134
15135 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
15136 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
15137 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
15138 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
15139
15140 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
15141 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
15142 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
15143 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
15144
15145 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
15146 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
15147 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
15148
15149 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
15150 Major mode to edit SQL.
15151
15152 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
15153 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
15154 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
15155
15156 \\{sql-mode-map}
15157 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
15158
15159 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
15160 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
15161 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
15162 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
15163 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
15164 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
15165
15166 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
15167 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
15168
15169 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
15170 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
15171
15172 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15173 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15174 `*SQL*'.
15175
15176 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
15177 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
15178 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
15179 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
15180
15181 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15182 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15183
15184 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15185 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15186 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15187 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15188 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15189 `default-process-coding-system'.
15190
15191 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15192
15193 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
15194 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
15195
15196 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15197 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15198 `*SQL*'.
15199
15200 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
15201 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
15202 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
15203 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
15204
15205 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15206 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15207
15208 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15209 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15210 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15211 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15212 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15213 `default-process-coding-system'.
15214
15215 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15216
15217 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
15218 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
15219
15220 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15221 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15222 `*SQL*'.
15223
15224 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
15225 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
15226
15227 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15228 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15229
15230 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15231 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15232 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15233 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15234 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15235 `default-process-coding-system'.
15236
15237 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15238
15239 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
15240 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
15241
15242 Note that the widespread idea that mysql is free software is inaccurate;
15243 its license is too restrictive. We urge you to use PostGres instead.
15244
15245 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15246 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15247 `*SQL*'.
15248
15249 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
15250 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
15251 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
15252 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
15253
15254 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15255 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15256
15257 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15258 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15259 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15260 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15261 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15262 `default-process-coding-system'.
15263
15264 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15265
15266 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
15267 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
15268
15269 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15270 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15271 `*SQL*'.
15272
15273 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
15274 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
15275 defaults, if set.
15276
15277 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15278 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15279
15280 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15281 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15282 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15283 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15284 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15285 `default-process-coding-system'.
15286
15287 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15288
15289 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
15290 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
15291
15292 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15293 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15294 `*SQL*'.
15295
15296 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
15297 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
15298
15299 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15300 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15301
15302 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15303 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15304 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15305 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15306 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15307 `default-process-coding-system'.
15308
15309 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15310
15311 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
15312 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
15313
15314 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15315 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15316 `*SQL*'.
15317
15318 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
15319 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
15320 as defaults, if set.
15321
15322 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15323 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15324
15325 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15326 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15327 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15328 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15329 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15330 `default-process-coding-system'.
15331
15332 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15333
15334 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
15335 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
15336
15337 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15338 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15339 `*SQL*'.
15340
15341 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
15342 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
15343 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
15344 `sql-postgres-options'.
15345
15346 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15347 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15348
15349 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15350 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15351 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15352 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15353 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15354 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
15355 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
15356 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
15357
15358 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
15359 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
15360
15361 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15362
15363 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
15364 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
15365
15366 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15367 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15368 `*SQL*'.
15369
15370 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
15371 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
15372 defaults, if set.
15373
15374 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15375 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15376
15377 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15378 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15379 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15380 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15381 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15382 `default-process-coding-system'.
15383
15384 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15385
15386 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
15387 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
15388
15389 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15390 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15391 `*SQL*'.
15392
15393 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
15394 automatic login.
15395
15396 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15397 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15398
15399 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to db2,
15400 newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, use
15401
15402 set `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send'.
15403 comint-input-sender's value is
15404 comint-simple-send
15405
15406
15407 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15408 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15409 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15410 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15411 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15412 `default-process-coding-system'.
15413
15414 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15415
15416 ;;;***
15417 \f
15418 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
15419 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
15420 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
15421 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
15422 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el"
15423 ;;;;;; (14787 15136))
15424 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
15425
15426 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
15427 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled.
15428 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize
15429 or M-x strokes-mode.")
15430
15431 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15432
15433 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
15434
15435 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
15436 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
15437 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
15438 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
15439 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
15440 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
15441
15442 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
15443
15444 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
15445 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
15446 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
15447 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
15448 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
15449 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
15450 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
15451
15452 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15453 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
15454 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
15455 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
15456 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
15457 then complete the stroke with button3.
15458 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
15459
15460 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
15461 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
15462 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
15463
15464 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15465 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
15466 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
15467
15468 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
15469 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
15470
15471 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
15472
15473 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
15474 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
15475
15476 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
15477 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
15478
15479 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
15480
15481 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
15482 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
15483 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
15484 chronologically by command name.
15485 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
15486
15487 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
15488 Toggle strokes being enabled.
15489 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
15490 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
15491 mode in all buffers when activated.
15492 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
15493 new strokes with
15494
15495 > M-x global-set-stroke
15496
15497 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
15498 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
15499 strokes with
15500
15501 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
15502 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
15503
15504 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
15505 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
15506 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
15507 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
15508
15509 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15510 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
15511
15512 ;;;***
15513 \f
15514 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-word studlify-region) "studly" "play/studly.el"
15515 ;;;;;; (15186 41424))
15516 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
15517
15518 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
15519 Studlify-case the region" t nil)
15520
15521 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
15522 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument" t nil)
15523
15524 ;;;***
15525 \f
15526 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
15527 ;;;;;; (15187 6159))
15528 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
15529
15530 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
15531 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
15532 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
15533 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
15534 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
15535 original message but it does require a few things:
15536
15537 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
15538
15539 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
15540 reply buffer.
15541
15542 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
15543 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
15544 original message.
15545
15546 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
15547
15548 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
15549
15550 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
15551 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
15552 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
15553
15554 ;;;***
15555 \f
15556 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
15557 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
15558
15559 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
15560 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
15561 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
15562 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
15563 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
15564
15565 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
15566 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
15567 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
15568 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
15569 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
15570 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
15571 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
15572
15573 ;;;***
15574 \f
15575 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15186 41418))
15576 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
15577
15578 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
15579 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
15580
15581 ;;;***
15582 \f
15583 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15149 49403))
15584 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
15585
15586 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
15587 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
15588 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
15589 Letters no longer insert themselves.
15590 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
15591 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
15592 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
15593
15594 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
15595 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
15596 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
15597 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
15598
15599 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
15600 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
15601
15602 ;;;***
15603 \f
15604 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
15605 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15187 6160))
15606 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
15607
15608 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
15609 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
15610 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
15611 Tab indents for Tcl code.
15612 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
15613 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15614
15615 Variables controlling indentation style:
15616 tcl-indent-level
15617 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
15618 tcl-continued-indent-level
15619 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
15620
15621 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
15622 documentation for details):
15623 tcl-tab-always-indent
15624 Controls action of TAB key.
15625 tcl-auto-newline
15626 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
15627 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
15628 tcl-electric-hash-style
15629 Controls action of `#' key.
15630 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
15631 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
15632 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
15633 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
15634 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
15635 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
15636
15637 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
15638 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
15639 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
15640 already exist.
15641
15642 Commands:
15643 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
15644
15645 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
15646 Run inferior Tcl process.
15647 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
15648 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
15649
15650 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
15651 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
15652 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
15653
15654 ;;;***
15655 \f
15656 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (14550 7962))
15657 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
15658 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15659
15660 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
15661 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
15662 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
15663 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
15664 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
15665 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
15666 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
15667 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
15668
15669 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
15670 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
15671 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
15672 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
15673
15674 ;;;***
15675 \f
15676 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15186
15677 ;;;;;; 41419))
15678 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
15679
15680 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
15681 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
15682 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
15683 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
15684 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
15685 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
15686
15687 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
15688 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
15689
15690 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
15691 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
15692
15693 ;;;***
15694 \f
15695 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15186
15696 ;;;;;; 41419))
15697 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
15698
15699 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
15700 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
15701 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
15702 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
15703 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
15704 program as keyboard input.
15705
15706 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
15707 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
15708 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
15709 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
15710
15711 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
15712 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
15713 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
15714 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
15715 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
15716
15717 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
15718
15719 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
15720 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
15721 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
15722 terminal-redisplay-interval.
15723
15724 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
15725 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
15726 subprocess started." t nil)
15727
15728 ;;;***
15729 \f
15730 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15187 6160))
15731 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
15732
15733 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
15734 Play the Tetris game.
15735 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
15736 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
15737 as to form complete rows.
15738
15739 tetris-mode keybindings:
15740 \\<tetris-mode-map>
15741 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
15742 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
15743 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
15744 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
15745 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
15746 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
15747 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
15748 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
15749
15750 " t nil)
15751
15752 ;;;***
15753 \f
15754 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
15755 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
15756 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15757 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
15758 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
15759 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
15760 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
15761 ;;;;;; (15186 41426))
15762 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
15763
15764 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
15765 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
15766
15767 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
15768 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
15769 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
15770 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
15771 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
15772
15773 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
15774 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
15775 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
15776 if it matches the first line of the file,
15777 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
15778
15779 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
15780 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
15781 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
15782 if the variable is non-nil.")
15783
15784 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
15785 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
15786
15787 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
15788 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
15789 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15790 See the documentation of that variable.")
15791
15792 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
15793 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
15794 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15795 See the documentation of that variable.")
15796
15797 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
15798 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
15799 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15800 See the documentation of that variable.")
15801
15802 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
15803 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
15804 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
15805 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
15806
15807 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
15808 *User defined LaTeX block names.
15809 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
15810
15811 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
15812 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
15813 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15814 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
15815
15816 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
15817 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15818 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15819 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
15820
15821 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
15822 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
15823 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15824 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
15825
15826 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
15827 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
15828 for example,
15829
15830 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15831 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
15832
15833 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
15834 use.")
15835
15836 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
15837 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
15838 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15839 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
15840
15841 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
15842 window system being used. For example,
15843
15844 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
15845 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
15846
15847 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
15848 otherwise.")
15849
15850 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
15851 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
15852 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
15853
15854 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
15855 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
15856 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
15857 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
15858 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
15859
15860 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
15861 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
15862
15863 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
15864 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
15865
15866 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15867 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
15868 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
15869 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
15870 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
15871 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
15872 says which mode to use." t nil)
15873
15874 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
15875
15876 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
15877
15878 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
15879
15880 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15881 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
15882 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15883 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15884 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15885
15886 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
15887 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
15888 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15889 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15890 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15891 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15892 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15893
15894 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15895 mismatched $'s or braces.
15896
15897 Special commands:
15898 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
15899
15900 Mode variables:
15901 tex-run-command
15902 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15903 tex-directory
15904 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
15905 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15906 tex-dvi-print-command
15907 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15908 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15909 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15910 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15911 tex-dvi-view-command
15912 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15913 tex-show-queue-command
15914 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15915 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15916
15917 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
15918 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
15919 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15920
15921 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15922 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
15923 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15924 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15925 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15926
15927 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
15928 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
15929 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15930 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15931 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15932 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15933 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15934
15935 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15936 mismatched $'s or braces.
15937
15938 Special commands:
15939 \\{latex-mode-map}
15940
15941 Mode variables:
15942 latex-run-command
15943 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15944 tex-directory
15945 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
15946 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15947 tex-dvi-print-command
15948 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15949 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15950 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15951 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15952 tex-dvi-view-command
15953 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15954 tex-show-queue-command
15955 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15956 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15957
15958 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
15959 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
15960 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15961
15962 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15963 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
15964 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15965 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15966 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15967
15968 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
15969 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
15970 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15971 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15972 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15973 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15974 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15975
15976 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15977 mismatched $'s or braces.
15978
15979 Special commands:
15980 \\{slitex-mode-map}
15981
15982 Mode variables:
15983 slitex-run-command
15984 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15985 tex-directory
15986 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
15987 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15988 tex-dvi-print-command
15989 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15990 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15991 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15992 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15993 tex-dvi-view-command
15994 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15995 tex-show-queue-command
15996 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15997 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15998
15999 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
16000 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
16001 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
16002 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
16003
16004 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
16005
16006 ;;;***
16007 \f
16008 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
16009 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15187 6162))
16010 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
16011
16012 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
16013 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
16014 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
16015 name specified in the @setfilename command.
16016
16017 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
16018 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
16019 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
16020
16021 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
16022 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
16023 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
16024 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
16025 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
16026
16027 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
16028 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
16029 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
16030 names specified in the @setfilename command.
16031
16032 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
16033 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
16034 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
16035 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
16036
16037 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
16038 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
16039
16040 ;;;***
16041 \f
16042 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
16043 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15187 6162))
16044 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
16045
16046 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
16047 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
16048
16049 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
16050 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
16051
16052 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
16053 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
16054
16055 It has these extra commands:
16056 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
16057
16058 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
16059 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
16060 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
16061 modified version of TeX input format.
16062
16063 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
16064 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
16065 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
16066 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
16067
16068 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
16069 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
16070 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
16071 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
16072 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
16073 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
16074 in the Texinfo file.
16075
16076 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
16077 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
16078 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
16079 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
16080 move forward past the closing brace.
16081
16082 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
16083 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
16084
16085 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
16086 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
16087 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
16088
16089 Here are the functions:
16090
16091 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
16092 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
16093 texinfo-sequential-node-update
16094
16095 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
16096 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
16097 texinfo-master-menu
16098
16099 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
16100
16101 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
16102 which menu descriptions are indented.
16103
16104 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
16105 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
16106 in the region.
16107
16108 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
16109 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
16110 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
16111 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
16112
16113 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
16114 be the first node in the file.
16115
16116
16117 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
16118 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
16119
16120 ;;;***
16121 \f
16122 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
16123 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
16124 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15186 41422))
16125 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
16126
16127 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
16128 Compose Thai characters in the region.
16129 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16130 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
16131
16132 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
16133 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
16134
16135 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
16136 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
16137
16138 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
16139
16140 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
16141 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
16142 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16143 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16144 to compose.
16145
16146 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
16147
16148 ;;;***
16149 \f
16150 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
16151 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
16152 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15186 41419))
16153 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
16154
16155 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
16156 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
16157
16158 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
16159 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
16160 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
16161 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
16162 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
16163
16164 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
16165 a symbol as a valid THING.
16166
16167 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
16168 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
16169
16170 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
16171 Return the THING at point.
16172 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
16173 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
16174 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
16175
16176 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
16177 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
16178
16179 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16180
16181 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16182
16183 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16184
16185 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16186
16187 ;;;***
16188 \f
16189 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
16190 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
16191 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
16192 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
16193 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (15187
16194 ;;;;;; 6159))
16195 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
16196
16197 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
16198 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
16199 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
16200
16201 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
16202 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
16203
16204 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
16205 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
16206 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
16207
16208 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
16209 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
16210
16211 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
16212 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
16213
16214 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
16215 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
16216 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
16217 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil)
16218
16219 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
16220 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
16221 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
16222 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil)
16223
16224 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16225
16226 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
16227 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
16228 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
16229
16230 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
16231 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
16232 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
16233
16234 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16235
16236 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16237
16238 ;;;***
16239 \f
16240 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
16241 ;;;;;; (15122 2912))
16242 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
16243
16244 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
16245 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
16246 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
16247 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
16248 parameters.
16249 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
16250
16251 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
16252 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
16253 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
16254 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
16255 parameters.
16256 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
16257
16258 ;;;***
16259 \f
16260 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
16261 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15186 41419))
16262 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
16263
16264 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
16265 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
16266
16267 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
16268 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
16269 This display updates automatically every minute.
16270 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
16271 are displayed as well.
16272 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
16273
16274 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
16275 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
16276 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16277 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16278 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
16279
16280 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16281
16282 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
16283
16284 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
16285 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
16286 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
16287
16288 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
16289 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
16290 are displayed as well.
16291 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
16292
16293 ;;;***
16294 \f
16295 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "gnus/time-date.el"
16296 ;;;;;; (15186 41421))
16297 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/time-date.el
16298
16299 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
16300 Convert DATE into time." nil nil)
16301
16302 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
16303 Parse DATE and return a time structure.
16304 If DATE is malformed, a zero time will be returned." nil nil)
16305
16306 ;;;***
16307 \f
16308 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
16309 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15187 6159))
16310 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
16311
16312 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
16313 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
16314 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
16315 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
16316 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
16317 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
16318 look like one of the following:
16319 Time-stamp: <>
16320 Time-stamp: \" \"
16321 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
16322 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
16323 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
16324 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
16325 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
16326 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
16327 template." t nil)
16328
16329 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
16330 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
16331 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
16332
16333 ;;;***
16334 \f
16335 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
16336 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
16337 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
16338 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
16339 ;;;;;; (15098 25848))
16340 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
16341
16342 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
16343 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
16344 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
16345 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
16346 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
16347 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
16348 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
16349 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
16350
16351 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
16352 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
16353 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
16354 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
16355 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
16356 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
16357 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
16358 this function is called within a day.
16359
16360 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
16361 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
16362 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
16363 discover the name of the project." t nil)
16364
16365 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
16366 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
16367 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
16368 begun during the last time segment.
16369
16370 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
16371 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
16372 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
16373 discover the reason." t nil)
16374
16375 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
16376 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
16377
16378 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
16379 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
16380 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
16381 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
16382 project you were working on." t nil)
16383
16384 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
16385 Ask the user before clocking out.
16386 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
16387
16388 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
16389 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
16390 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
16391
16392 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
16393 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
16394 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
16395 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
16396 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
16397 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
16398
16399 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
16400 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
16401 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
16402 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
16403
16404 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
16405 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
16406 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
16407 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
16408 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
16409 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
16410 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
16411 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
16412 non-nil." t nil)
16413
16414 ;;;***
16415 \f
16416 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
16417 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
16418 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15186 41419))
16419 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
16420
16421 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
16422
16423 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
16424 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
16425
16426 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
16427 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
16428
16429 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
16430 Perform an action at time TIME.
16431 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
16432 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
16433 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
16434 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
16435 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
16436 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16437
16438 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16439
16440 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
16441 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
16442 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
16443 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
16444 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16445
16446 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16447
16448 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
16449 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
16450 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
16451 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
16452
16453 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
16454 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
16455 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16456 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
16457
16458 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
16459 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
16460
16461 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16462 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
16463
16464 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
16465 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
16466 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
16467 The call should look like:
16468 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
16469 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
16470 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
16471 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
16472 be detected." nil (quote macro))
16473
16474 ;;;***
16475 \f
16476 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
16477 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15186 41421))
16478 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
16479
16480 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
16481 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
16482 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
16483 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
16484
16485 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
16486 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
16487 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
16488 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
16489 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
16490 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
16491 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
16492
16493 ;;;***
16494 \f
16495 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
16496 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15109 7851))
16497 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
16498 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
16499 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
16500 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
16501
16502 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
16503 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
16504 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
16505 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
16506 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
16507
16508 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
16509 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
16510 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
16511 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
16512 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
16513
16514 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
16515 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
16516 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
16517 in the menu in two ways:
16518 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
16519 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
16520 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
16521
16522 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
16523 keymap or an alist of alists.
16524 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
16525 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
16526
16527 ;;;***
16528 \f
16529 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
16530 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
16531 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15187 6159))
16532 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
16533
16534 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
16535 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil)
16536
16537 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
16538 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil)
16539
16540 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
16541 Insert new TODO list entry.
16542 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
16543 category." t nil)
16544
16545 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
16546 List top priorities for each category.
16547
16548 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
16549 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
16550
16551 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
16552 between each category." t nil)
16553
16554 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
16555 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
16556 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
16557 between each category.
16558
16559 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
16560
16561 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
16562 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
16563
16564 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
16565
16566 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
16567 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
16568
16569 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
16570 Show TODO list." t nil)
16571
16572 ;;;***
16573 \f
16574 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-add-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item
16575 ;;;;;; tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15187 6162))
16576 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
16577
16578 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
16579 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
16580 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16581 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16582 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
16583
16584 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16585
16586 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
16587
16588 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
16589 Toggle use of the tool bar.
16590 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
16591
16592 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
16593 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
16594
16595 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
16596 Add an item to the tool bar.
16597 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
16598 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
16599 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
16600 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
16601
16602 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
16603 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
16604 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
16605
16606 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
16607 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
16608 function." nil nil)
16609
16610 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
16611 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
16612 The binding of COMMAND is looked up in the menu bar in MAP (default
16613 `global-map') and modified to add an image specification for ICON, which
16614 is looked for as by `tool-bar-add-item'.
16615 MAP must contain an appropriate keymap bound to `[menu-bar]'.
16616 PROPS is a list of additional properties to add to the binding.
16617
16618 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
16619 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
16620 function." nil nil)
16621
16622 ;;;***
16623 \f
16624 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
16625 ;;;;;; (15106 37826))
16626 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
16627
16628 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
16629 Mode for tooltip display.
16630 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
16631
16632 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
16633 Toggle tooltip-mode.
16634 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16635 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
16636
16637 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16638
16639 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
16640
16641 ;;;***
16642 \f
16643 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15187
16644 ;;;;;; 6159))
16645 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
16646
16647 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
16648
16649 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
16650
16651 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
16652 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
16653
16654 ;;;***
16655 \f
16656 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
16657 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15187 6159))
16658 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
16659
16660 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
16661 Set scroll margins." t nil)
16662
16663 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
16664 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
16665
16666 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
16667 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
16668
16669 ;;;***
16670 \f
16671 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
16672 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
16673
16674 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
16675 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
16676 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
16677 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
16678 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
16679
16680 ;;;***
16681 \f
16682 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
16683 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560))
16684 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
16685
16686 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
16687 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
16688
16689 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
16690 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
16691 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
16692 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
16693 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
16694 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
16695 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
16696 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
16697
16698 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
16699 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
16700 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
16701 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
16702 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
16703 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
16704 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
16705
16706 ;;;***
16707 \f
16708 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
16709 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15187 6162))
16710 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
16711 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
16712 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
16713 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
16714
16715 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
16716 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
16717 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
16718 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
16719 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
16720 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
16721 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
16722
16723 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
16724 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
16725 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
16726 accepting the proposed default buffer.
16727
16728 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
16729
16730 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
16731 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
16732 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
16733 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
16734 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
16735 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
16736 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
16737
16738 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
16739 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
16740
16741 First column's text sSs Second column's text
16742 \\___/\\
16743 / \\
16744 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
16745
16746 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
16747
16748 ;;;***
16749 \f
16750 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
16751 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
16752 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
16753 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14891 28342))
16754 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
16755
16756 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
16757 Toggle typing break mode.
16758 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
16759 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16760 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
16761
16762 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16763
16764 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
16765
16766 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
16767 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
16768
16769 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
16770 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
16771
16772 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
16773 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
16774 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
16775
16776 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
16777 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
16778
16779 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
16780 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
16781 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
16782
16783 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
16784 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
16785 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
16786 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
16787 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
16788 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
16789
16790 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
16791 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
16792 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
16793 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
16794
16795 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
16796 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
16797
16798 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
16799 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
16800
16801 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
16802 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
16803 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
16804
16805 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
16806 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
16807 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
16808 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
16809 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
16810 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
16811 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
16812
16813 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
16814 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
16815
16816 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
16817 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
16818 reset the keystroke counter.
16819
16820 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
16821 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
16822 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
16823 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
16824
16825 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
16826 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
16827 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
16828 `type-break-schedule' command.
16829
16830 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
16831 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
16832 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
16833 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
16834 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
16835 or not to continue.
16836
16837 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
16838 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
16839 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
16840 approximate good values for this.
16841
16842 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
16843 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
16844
16845 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
16846 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
16847 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
16848 `type-break-warning-repeat'
16849 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
16850 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
16851
16852 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
16853 a typing break occur. They include:
16854
16855 `type-break-query-mode'
16856 `type-break-query-function'
16857 `type-break-query-interval'
16858
16859 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
16860
16861 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
16862 Take a typing break.
16863
16864 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
16865 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
16866
16867 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
16868 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
16869
16870 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
16871 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
16872 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
16873 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
16874
16875 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
16876 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
16877
16878 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
16879 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
16880 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
16881 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
16882 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
16883 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
16884 average typing speed.)
16885
16886 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
16887 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
16888 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
16889 the computed maximum threshold.
16890
16891 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
16892 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
16893 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
16894 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
16895 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
16896
16897 ;;;***
16898 \f
16899 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
16900 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15186 41426))
16901 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
16902
16903 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
16904 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
16905 Works by overstriking underscores.
16906 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16907 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
16908
16909 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
16910 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
16911 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16912 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
16913
16914 ;;;***
16915 \f
16916 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
16917 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
16918 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
16919
16920 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
16921 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
16922 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
16923
16924 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
16925 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
16926 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
16927 following the containing message." t nil)
16928
16929 ;;;***
16930 \f
16931 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
16932 ;;;;;; (15186 41423))
16933 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
16934
16935 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
16936 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
16937 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
16938 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
16939 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
16940 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
16941
16942 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
16943 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
16944
16945 ;;;***
16946 \f
16947 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
16948 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399))
16949 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
16950
16951 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
16952 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
16953 This function has a choice of three things to do:
16954 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
16955 to refrain from editing the file
16956 return t (grab the lock on the file)
16957 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
16958 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
16959 in any way you like." nil nil)
16960
16961 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
16962 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
16963 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
16964 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
16965 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
16966
16967 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
16968 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
16969
16970 ;;;***
16971 \f
16972 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
16973 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15186 41421))
16974 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
16975
16976 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
16977 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
16978 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
16979 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
16980
16981 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
16982 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
16983 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
16984
16985 ;;;***
16986 \f
16987 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
16988 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
16989 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
16990 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
16991 ;;;;;; vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook
16992 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (15187 6159))
16993 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
16994
16995 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
16996 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
16997 See `run-hooks'.")
16998
16999 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
17000 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
17001 See `run-hooks'.")
17002
17003 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
17004 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary and execute the body.
17005 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
17006 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
17007 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
17008 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
17009
17010 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
17011 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
17012 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
17013 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
17014 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
17015
17016 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
17017 Execute a version control command, notifying user and checking for errors.
17018 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
17019 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
17020 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
17021 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
17022 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
17023 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
17024 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
17025 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
17026 that is inserted into the command line before the filename." nil nil)
17027
17028 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
17029 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
17030
17031 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
17032 it will operate on the file in the current line.
17033
17034 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
17035 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
17036 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
17037 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
17038 lock steals will raise an error.
17039
17040 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
17041
17042 For RCS and SCCS files:
17043 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
17044 control.
17045 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
17046 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
17047 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
17048 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
17049 it performs a revert.
17050 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
17051 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
17052 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
17053 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
17054 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
17055 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
17056 the option to steal the lock.
17057
17058 For CVS files:
17059 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
17060 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
17061 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
17062 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
17063 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
17064 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
17065 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
17066 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
17067 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
17068
17069 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
17070 Register the current file into a version control system.
17071 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
17072 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
17073
17074 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
17075 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
17076 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
17077 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
17078 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
17079 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
17080
17081 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
17082 Display diffs between file versions.
17083 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
17084 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
17085 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
17086 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
17087
17088 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
17089 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
17090 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
17091 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
17092
17093 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
17094 Insert headers in a file for use with your version control system.
17095 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
17096 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
17097
17098 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
17099 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
17100 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
17101 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
17102 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
17103 from the current branch.
17104
17105 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
17106
17107 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
17108 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
17109 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
17110
17111 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
17112 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
17113
17114 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
17115
17116 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
17117 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
17118
17119 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
17120 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
17121 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
17122 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
17123 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
17124 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
17125
17126 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
17127 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
17128 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
17129 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
17130 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
17131 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
17132
17133 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
17134 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
17135
17136 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
17137 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
17138 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
17139 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
17140 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
17141
17142 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
17143 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
17144 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
17145
17146 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
17147 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
17148
17149 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
17150 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
17151 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
17152 directory.
17153
17154 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
17155
17156 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
17157 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
17158 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
17159
17160 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
17161 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
17162
17163 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
17164 Display the result of the \"Annotate\" command using colors.
17165 \"Annotate\" is defined by `vc-BACKEND-annotate-command'. New lines
17166 are displayed in red, old in blue. When given a prefix argument, asks
17167 for a version to annotate from, and a factor for stretching the time
17168 scale.
17169
17170 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
17171 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
17172 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
17173 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
17174
17175 ;;;***
17176 \f
17177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15172 11622))
17178 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
17179 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
17180 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
17181 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
17182 (require 'vc-cvs)
17183 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
17184
17185 ;;;***
17186 \f
17187 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
17188 ;;;;;; (15187 6159))
17189 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
17190
17191 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
17192 *Where to look for RCS master files.
17193 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
17194
17195 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
17196
17197 ;;;***
17198 \f
17199 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
17200 ;;;;;; (15187 6159))
17201 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
17202
17203 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
17204 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
17205 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
17206
17207 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
17208
17209 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
17210 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
17211 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
17212 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
17213
17214 ;;;***
17215 \f
17216 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
17217 ;;;;;; (14385 23382))
17218 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
17219
17220 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
17221 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
17222
17223 Usage:
17224 ------
17225
17226 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
17227 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
17228 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
17229 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
17230 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
17231 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
17232 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
17233 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
17234 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
17235 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
17236 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
17237 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
17238 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
17239 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
17240 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
17241 The following abbreviations can also be used:
17242 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
17243 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
17244 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
17245
17246 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
17247 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
17248 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
17249
17250 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
17251 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
17252 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
17253 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
17254 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
17255 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
17256 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
17257 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
17258 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
17259
17260 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
17261 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
17262 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
17263 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
17264 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
17265 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
17266 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
17267 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
17268
17269 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
17270 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
17271 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
17272
17273 - COMMENTS:
17274 `--' puts a single comment.
17275 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
17276 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
17277 comment in between.
17278 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
17279 following lines.
17280 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
17281 uncomments a region if already commented out.
17282
17283 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
17284 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
17285 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
17286 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
17287 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
17288 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
17289 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
17290 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
17291 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
17292 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
17293 multi-line comments.
17294
17295 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
17296 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
17297 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
17298 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
17299 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
17300 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
17301 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
17302 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
17303 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
17304
17305 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
17306 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
17307 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
17308 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
17309 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
17310 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
17311 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
17312 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
17313 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
17314 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
17315
17316 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
17317 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
17318 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
17319 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
17320 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
17321 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
17322 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
17323 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
17324 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
17325 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
17326 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
17327 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
17328 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
17329
17330 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
17331
17332 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
17333 menu).
17334
17335 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
17336
17337 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
17338 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
17339 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
17340 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
17341 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
17342
17343 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
17344 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
17345 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
17346 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
17347 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
17348 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
17349 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
17350 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
17351 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
17352
17353 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
17354 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
17355 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
17356 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
17357 specified.
17358
17359 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
17360 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
17361 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
17362 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
17363 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
17364 the current directory for VHDL source files.
17365
17366 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
17367 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
17368 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
17369 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
17370 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
17371 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
17372 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
17373 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
17374 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
17375 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
17376 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
17377
17378 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
17379 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
17380 Math Packages.
17381
17382 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
17383 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
17384 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
17385 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
17386 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
17387 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
17388 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
17389 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
17390
17391 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
17392 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
17393 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
17394 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
17395 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
17396 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
17397
17398 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
17399 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
17400 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
17401 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
17402 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
17403
17404 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
17405 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
17406 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
17407 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
17408 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
17409
17410 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
17411 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
17412 highlighted if written in lower case.
17413
17414 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
17415 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
17416 is non-nil.
17417
17418 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
17419 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
17420 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
17421
17422 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
17423 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
17424 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
17425
17426 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
17427 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
17428 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
17429
17430 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
17431 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
17432 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
17433 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
17434 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
17435 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
17436 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
17437
17438 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
17439 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
17440 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
17441 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
17442 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
17443
17444 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
17445 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
17446 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
17447 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
17448
17449 - HINTS:
17450 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
17451
17452
17453 Maintenance:
17454 ------------
17455
17456 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
17457 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
17458
17459 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
17460
17461 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
17462 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
17463 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
17464 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
17465
17466 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
17467 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
17468 version and release notes can be found.
17469
17470
17471 Bugs and Limitations:
17472 ---------------------
17473
17474 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
17475 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
17476 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
17477 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
17478 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
17479 does not work under XEmacs.
17480
17481
17482 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
17483 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
17484
17485 Key bindings:
17486 -------------
17487
17488 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
17489
17490 ;;;***
17491 \f
17492 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15187 6159))
17493 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
17494
17495 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
17496 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
17497 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
17498 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
17499
17500 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
17501 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
17502 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
17503 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
17504 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
17505
17506 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
17507 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
17508
17509 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
17510
17511 * Limitations and unsupported features
17512 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
17513 not supported.
17514 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
17515 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
17516
17517 * Modifications
17518 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
17519 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
17520 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
17521 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
17522 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
17523 for undoing a repeated change command.
17524 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
17525 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
17526 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
17527
17528 * Extensions
17529 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
17530 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
17531 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
17532 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
17533 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
17534 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
17535 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
17536 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
17537
17538 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
17539
17540 ;;;***
17541 \f
17542 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
17543 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
17544 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
17545 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15186 41422))
17546 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
17547
17548 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
17549 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
17550
17551 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
17552 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
17553 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17554 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
17555
17556 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
17557 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
17558
17559 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
17560 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
17561 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17562 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
17563
17564 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
17565 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
17566
17567 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
17568
17569 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
17570
17571 ;;;***
17572 \f
17573 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
17574 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
17575 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (15187
17576 ;;;;;; 6159))
17577 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
17578
17579 (defvar view-mode nil "\
17580 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
17581 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
17582 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
17583
17584 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
17585
17586 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
17587 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
17588 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17589 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17590 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17591 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17592 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17593
17594 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17595
17596 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
17597 View FILE in View mode in another window.
17598 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
17599 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17600 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17601 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17602 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17603 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17604
17605 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17606
17607 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
17608 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
17609 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
17610 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17611 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17612 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17613 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17614 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17615
17616 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17617
17618 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
17619 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
17620 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17621 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17622 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17623 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17624 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17625
17626 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17627
17628 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17629 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17630 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17631
17632 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
17633 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
17634 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
17635 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17636 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17637 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17638 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17639 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17640
17641 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17642
17643 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17644 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17645 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17646
17647 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
17648 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
17649 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
17650 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17651 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17652 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17653 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17654 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17655
17656 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17657
17658 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17659 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17660 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17661
17662 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
17663 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
17664 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
17665
17666 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
17667 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
17668 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
17669 read-only.
17670 \\<view-mode-map>
17671 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
17672 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
17673 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
17674 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
17675 commands default to a repeat count of one.
17676
17677 H, h, ? This message.
17678 Digits provide prefix arguments.
17679 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
17680 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
17681 > move to the end of buffer.
17682 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
17683 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
17684 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
17685 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
17686 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
17687 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
17688 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
17689 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
17690 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
17691 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
17692 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
17693 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
17694 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
17695 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
17696 Use this to view a changing file.
17697 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
17698 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
17699 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
17700 . set the mark.
17701 x exchanges point and mark.
17702 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
17703 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
17704 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
17705 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
17706 ' go to position saved in character register.
17707 s do forward incremental search.
17708 r do reverse incremental search.
17709 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
17710 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
17711 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
17712 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
17713 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
17714 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
17715 p searches backward for last regular expression.
17716 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
17717 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
17718 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
17719 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
17720 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
17721 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
17722 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
17723 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
17724
17725 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
17726 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
17727 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
17728 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
17729 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
17730 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
17731 will return to that buffer.
17732
17733 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17734
17735 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
17736 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
17737 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
17738 `view-return-to-alist'.
17739 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
17740 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
17741 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
17742
17743 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
17744 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
17745 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
17746 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
17747 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
17748 1) nil Do nothing.
17749 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
17750 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
17751 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
17752 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
17753
17754 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17755
17756 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
17757
17758 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
17759 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
17760
17761 ;;;***
17762 \f
17763 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15187 6159))
17764 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
17765
17766 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
17767 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
17768
17769 ;;;***
17770 \f
17771 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
17772 ;;;;;; (15186 41419))
17773 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
17774
17775 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
17776 Toggle Viper on/off.
17777 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
17778
17779 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
17780 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
17781
17782 ;;;***
17783 \f
17784 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15187 6159))
17785 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
17786
17787 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
17788 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
17789
17790 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
17791 hotlist.
17792
17793 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
17794 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
17795
17796 ;;;***
17797 \f
17798 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el"
17799 ;;;;;; (15187 6159))
17800 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
17801
17802 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
17803
17804 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
17805 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
17806 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17807 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17808 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
17809
17810 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17811
17812 (custom-add-load (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func))
17813
17814 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
17815 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
17816 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
17817 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
17818
17819 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
17820 and off otherwise." t nil)
17821
17822 ;;;***
17823 \f
17824 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
17825 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check
17826 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check whitespace-toggle-indent-check
17827 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-trailing-check whitespace-toggle-leading-check)
17828 ;;;;;; "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (15187 6159))
17829 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
17830
17831 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
17832 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer." t nil)
17833
17834 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
17835 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer." t nil)
17836
17837 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
17838 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer." t nil)
17839
17840 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
17841 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer." t nil)
17842
17843 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
17844 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer." t nil)
17845
17846 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
17847 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
17848 These are:
17849 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
17850 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
17851 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
17852 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
17853 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
17854
17855 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
17856 and:
17857 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
17858 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
17859
17860 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
17861 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
17862
17863 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
17864 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
17865
17866 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
17867 whitespace problems." t nil)
17868
17869 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
17870 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
17871
17872 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
17873 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
17874
17875 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17876 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
17877 \(which see).")
17878
17879 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17880
17881 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
17882
17883 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
17884 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
17885
17886 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
17887 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
17888
17889 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
17890 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
17891 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
17892 replaced with TABS).
17893 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
17894 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
17895
17896 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
17897
17898 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
17899 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
17900
17901 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
17902 i - Indentation whitespace.
17903 l - Leading whitespace.
17904 s - Space followed by Tab.
17905 t - Trailing whitespace.
17906
17907 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
17908 !<y>.
17909
17910 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
17911 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
17912 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
17913 always they default to 8.)
17914
17915 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
17916 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
17917 even print it.
17918
17919 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
17920 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
17921 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
17922 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
17923 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
17924 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
17925 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
17926 to set smarttab.)
17927
17928 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
17929 merge problems.
17930
17931 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
17932 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
17933 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
17934
17935 ;;;***
17936 \f
17937 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
17938 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15187 6159))
17939 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
17940
17941 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
17942 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
17943
17944 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
17945 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
17946
17947 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
17948 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
17949
17950 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
17951 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
17952 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17953
17954 ;;;***
17955 \f
17956 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
17957 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15167 1797))
17958 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
17959
17960 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
17961 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
17962 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
17963
17964 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
17965 Create widget of TYPE.
17966 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
17967
17968 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
17969 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
17970
17971 ;;;***
17972 \f
17973 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
17974 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15187
17975 ;;;;;; 6159))
17976 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
17977
17978 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
17979 Select the window to the left of the current one.
17980 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17981 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
17982 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
17983 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
17984 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17985
17986 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
17987 Select the window above the current one.
17988 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
17989 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
17990 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
17991 negative ARG) of the current window.
17992 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17993
17994 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
17995 Select the window to the right of the current one.
17996 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17997 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
17998 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
17999 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
18000 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18001
18002 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
18003 Select the window below the current one.
18004 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
18005 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
18006 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
18007 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
18008 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18009
18010 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
18011 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
18012
18013 ;;;***
18014 \f
18015 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
18016 ;;;;;; (15177 40761))
18017 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
18018
18019 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
18020 Toggle winner-mode.
18021 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18022 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
18023
18024 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18025
18026 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
18027
18028 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
18029 Toggle Winner mode.
18030 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
18031
18032 ;;;***
18033 \f
18034 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
18035 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (15187 6159))
18036 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
18037
18038 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
18039 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
18040 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
18041 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
18042 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
18043 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
18044 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
18045 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
18046
18047 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
18048 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
18049
18050 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
18051 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
18052
18053 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
18054 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
18055 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
18056 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
18057 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
18058 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
18059 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
18060 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
18061
18062 ;;;***
18063 \f
18064 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
18065 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
18066 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
18067
18068 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
18069 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
18070
18071 BUGS:
18072 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
18073 are not implemented
18074 - Options for search and replace
18075 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
18076 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
18077
18078 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
18079 Emacs-like.
18080
18081 The key bindings are:
18082
18083 C-a backward-word
18084 C-b fill-paragraph
18085 C-c scroll-up-line
18086 C-d forward-char
18087 C-e previous-line
18088 C-f forward-word
18089 C-g delete-char
18090 C-h backward-char
18091 C-i indent-for-tab-command
18092 C-j help-for-help
18093 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
18094 C-l ws-repeat-search
18095 C-n open-line
18096 C-p quoted-insert
18097 C-r scroll-down-line
18098 C-s backward-char
18099 C-t kill-word
18100 C-u keyboard-quit
18101 C-v overwrite-mode
18102 C-w scroll-down
18103 C-x next-line
18104 C-y kill-complete-line
18105 C-z scroll-up
18106
18107 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
18108 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
18109 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
18110 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
18111 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
18112 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
18113 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
18114 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
18115 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
18116 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
18117 C-k b ws-begin-block
18118 C-k c ws-copy-block
18119 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
18120 C-k f find-file
18121 C-k h ws-show-markers
18122 C-k i ws-indent-block
18123 C-k k ws-end-block
18124 C-k p ws-print-block
18125 C-k q kill-emacs
18126 C-k r insert-file
18127 C-k s save-some-buffers
18128 C-k t ws-mark-word
18129 C-k u ws-exdent-block
18130 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
18131 C-k v ws-move-block
18132 C-k w ws-write-block
18133 C-k x kill-emacs
18134 C-k y ws-delete-block
18135
18136 C-o c wordstar-center-line
18137 C-o b switch-to-buffer
18138 C-o j justify-current-line
18139 C-o k kill-buffer
18140 C-o l list-buffers
18141 C-o m auto-fill-mode
18142 C-o r set-fill-column
18143 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
18144 C-o wd delete-other-windows
18145 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
18146 C-o wo other-window
18147 C-o wv split-window-vertically
18148
18149 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
18150 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
18151 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
18152 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
18153 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
18154 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
18155 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
18156 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
18157 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
18158 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
18159 C-q a ws-query-replace
18160 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
18161 C-q c end-of-buffer
18162 C-q d end-of-line
18163 C-q f ws-search
18164 C-q k ws-to-block-end
18165 C-q l ws-undo
18166 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
18167 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
18168 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
18169 C-q w ws-last-error
18170 C-q y ws-kill-eol
18171 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
18172 " t nil)
18173
18174 ;;;***
18175 \f
18176 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (15187
18177 ;;;;;; 6159))
18178 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
18179
18180 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
18181 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
18182 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
18183
18184 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
18185
18186 ;;;***
18187 \f
18188 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
18189 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (14810 62720))
18190 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
18191
18192 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
18193 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
18194
18195 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
18196 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
18197
18198 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
18199 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
18200 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
18201
18202 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
18203 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
18204
18205 ;;;***
18206 \f
18207 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15186 41424))
18208 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
18209
18210 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
18211 Zone out, completely." t nil)
18212
18213 ;;;***
18214 \f
18215 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
18216 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15187 6159))
18217 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
18218
18219 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
18220 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
18221
18222 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
18223 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
18224
18225 Zone-mode does two things:
18226
18227 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
18228 when saving the file
18229
18230 - fontification" t nil)
18231
18232 ;;;***
18233 \f
18234 ;;; Local Variables:
18235 ;;; version-control: never
18236 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
18237 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
18238 ;;; End:
18239 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here